final results and comments d6-2013...
TRANSCRIPT
FINAL RESULTS AND COMMENTS
D6-2013
BACTERIOLOGY PROGRAM
MYCOLOGY
MYCOBACTERIOLOGY
AUTHORISED BY CHAIR CHAIR DR ARTHUR MORRIS PROGRAM MANAGER ELIZABETH HAREMZA Report prepared by DWalker and MBullivant
No information related to any of the participants will be divulged to a third party unless required by legislation without the
prior written consent of the participant General information may be discussed at meetings or presented as papers to journals
COPYRIGHT The written material produced by the RCPAQAP is copyright and may not be used in any form for advertising sales promotion
or publicity The material may not be reproduced in whole or in part for any purpose whatsoever (including presentations at
meetings and conferences) without the prior written permission of the RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty
Limited Permission must be sought in writing from the Program Chair or Discipline Manager but will not be unreasonably
refused
NATA Accredited Proficiency Testing Scheme Provider Number 14863 This Facility is accredited by the National Association of Testing Authorities Australia and complies with the Requirements of ISOIEC 170432010
Amended Date 28th February 2014
Suite 201 Level 2 8 Herbert Street St Leonards NSW 2065 Australia PH +61 2 9045 6060 Fax 1300 78 29 21 (Australia) +61 2 9356 2003 (International) microbiologyrcpaqapcomau wwwrcpaqapcomaumicrobiology
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 2 Date of issue 13th November 2013
FINAL RESULTS AND COMMENTS D62013
ITEM 201361AB URINE FOR MICROSCOPY CULTURE AND SUSCEPTIBILITY TESTING
ITEM 201361A
Quality Control This item contained a pure growth of Proteus mirabilis and passed homogeneity and stability testing with the total counts remaining above 10 x 1010 CFUL throughout the survey period
Microscopy Homogeneity testing indicated that the white cell count was 10-100 x 106L or gt100 x 106L Both counts have been scored correct The red cell count was 10-100 x 106L There were no epithelial cells added to the sample so lt10 x 106L was the expected result for epithelial cells Ninety six percent reported 10-100 or gt100 x 106L WBC 82 reported 10-100 X 106 RBCL and 98 reported lt10 x 106 epithelial cellsL Comparisons of cell count method versus counts reported are outlined in Table 1
Table 1 Cell counts reported 1A
Bacterial counts Two hundred and sixty five participants submitted culture results for this item Where reported 92 reported growth of gt108 CFUL and 99 a pure growth Three participants transposed results
Identification and susceptibility testing IdentificationmdashProteus mirabilis Excluding the three transposed results 99 of participants correctly identified this isolate to genus level Commercial kitssystems were utilised by 229 (86) The participant reporting Pvulgaris did not use a kit only identifying that the colony was cream on their in-house chromogenic medium Mmorganii in the hands of the user was incorrectly identified by using Microbact 24E The other three users of this kit reported the correct identification The two reporting Proteus species did not use a kitcommercial system with one using chromogenic agar (clearyellow- brown) and the other did not identify any further reporting that catheter colonisation was the likely cause Forty eight
White1A Red1A Epi1A IQ 200 Manual Omitted U(F) 2000 UF-1
UF-1000(i)
Urisys 2400 UX-2000
10-100 10-100 lt10 14 136 15 - 1 2 1 -
gt100 10-100 lt10 1 26 1 1 - 1 - 1
10-100 10-100 Not Tested - 3 - - - - - -
10-100 Not Tested Not Tested 1 1 - - - - - -
gt100 10-100 Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
10-100 lt10 lt10 - 16 3 - - - - -
gt100 gt100 lt10 - 7 4 - - - - -
10-100 gt100 lt10 - 5 - - - - - -
lt10 lt10 lt10 - 8 - - - - - -
10-100 10-100 10-100 - 2 - - - 1 - -
lt10 lt10 Not Tested - - 1 - - - - -
lt10 Not Tested lt10 - - 1 - - - - -
lt10 Not Tested Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 gt100 10-100 - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 10-100 10-100 - 1 - - - - - -
10-100 lt10 10-100 - - - - - 1 - -
Not Tested lt10 Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
1A Proteus mirabilis
256 966
1 04
2 08
1 04
3 11
1 04
1 04 1
1
3
1
2
1
256
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Sent to Reference Lab
Mixed growth-probable contamination
Escherichia coli
Morganella morganii
Proteus species
Proteus vulgaris
Proteus mirabilis
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 3 Date of issue 13th November 2013
participants successfully used MALDI-TOF MS to correctly identify this isolate Susceptibility Testing Proteus mirabilis This strain of Pmirabilis expresses a plasmid mediated AmpC (PM AmpC) type of β-lactamase This was a clinical isolate sourced from a hospital laboratory south of Sydney The isolate was grown from both the patientrsquos blood cultures and catheter urine The isolate was resistant to ampicillin cephalexin and ceftriaxone but susceptible to cefepime and aztreonam ESBL and MBL phenotypic tests (CDS) were negative When referred to the CDS laboratory for further testing phenotypic tests (showing synergy between boronic acid disc and ceftazidime) suggested high activity plasmid-mediated AmpC cephalosporinase1 Figure 1A illustrates the method used but please note the isolate in image is Ecoli not Pmirabilis The CDS laboratory commented that ldquoDue to its characteristic swarming back into the zone of inhibition around imipenem disc this organism may appear resistant to imipenem with a double zone The testing on MacConkey agar confirms that the organism is susceptible to imipenem with a clear zone of 7 mm It is also clearly susceptible to all other carbapenems ie meropenem ertapenem and doripenemrdquo Nine participants reported imipenem resistance Five were users of the CDS method three used the CLSI standard disk method and one used Vitek2
Forty five participants incorrectly reported the presence of ESBL Thirty nine confirmed or suspected AmpC A further 15 referred to another laboratory for ESBL testing We thank Dr Peter Newton Medical Microbiologist Wollongong Hospital Wollongong NSW for providing this isolate
Pmirabilis
Item 1A
Susceptibilities
(all methods)
Antibiotic S IRS R
Amikacin 76 1 -
AmpicillinAmoxycillin 1 - 230
Augmentin 1 - 234
Cefaclor - - 16
Cefazolin - - 36
Cefepime 23 - 1
Cefotaxime 1 7 62
Cefoxitin 1 - 27
Ceftazidime 20 11 46
Ceftriaxone 18 11 63
Cefuroxime 9 18 37
Cephalexin 1 - 82
Cephalothin 1 - 54
Ciprofloxacin 1 - 113
Cotrimoxazole 26 - 72
Ertapenem 17 - -
Fosfomycin 8 - -
Gentamicin 166 16 35
Imipenem 67 1 9
Levofloxacin - - 13
Meropenem 126 - 2
Nitrofurantoin 5 4 194
Norfloxacin - - 149
Piperacillin - - 7
Piperacillintazobactam 56 2 3
Tetracycline - - 6
Timentin 20 - 12
Tobramycin 1 1 29
Trimethoprim 2 - 182
Table 2 Proteus mirabilis susceptibilities (all methods)
Figure 1A Phenotypic detection using boronic acid discs in an E coli producing a plamid mediated AmpC Synergy between boronic acid discs (blank) and adjacent discs cefotaxime (CTX 5) Augmentin (AMC 60) cephalexin (CL 100) ceftazidime (CAZ 10) Blank disc = 250 microg boronic acid disc2
Reference Item 1A
1 ASM 2013 mdash PowerPoint Presentation Proceedings of the CDS Workshop -Part 2
httpwebmedunsweduaucdstestGTF_CDS_siteWebPagesArchiveASMconferencehtm
2 ASM 2013 mdash PowerPoint Presentation Proceedings of the CDS Workshop -Part 1 Slide 20
httpwebmedunsweduaucdstestGTF_CDS_siteWebPagesArchiveASMconferencehtm
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 4 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201361B
Quality Control This item contained a pure growth of Escherichia coli and passed homogeneity and stability testing with counts remaining above 10 x 1010 CFUL throughout the survey period
Microscopy Homogeneity testing indicated that the white cell count was 10-100 x 106L or gt100 x 106L Both counts have been scored correct The red cell count was 10-100 x 106L There were no epithelial cells added to the sample so lt10 x 106L was the expected result for epithelial cells Ninety five percent reported 10-100 or gt100 x 106L WBC 79 reported 10-100 X 106 RBCL and 98 reported lt10 x 106 epithelial cellsL Comparisons of cell count method versus counts reported are outlined in Table 3
Bacterial counts Two hundred and sixty five participants returned results for this item Where reported 97 reported growth of gt108 CFUL and 99 reported a pure growth
Table 3 Cell counts reported 1B
White1B Red1B Epi1B IQ 200 Manual Omitted U(F) 2000 UF-1 UF-1000(i) Urisys 2400 UX-2000
10-100 10-100 lt10 10 117 8 1 1 4 1 -
gt100 10-100 lt10 4 38 8 - - - - -
10-100 10-100 Not Tested - 2 1 - - - - -
10-100 Not Tested Not Tested 1 1 - - - - - -
gt100 10-100 Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
10-100 lt10 lt10 - 15 3 - - - - -
10-100 lt10 lt10 - 15 3 - - - - -
gt100 gt100 lt10 - 11 2 - - - - 1
10-100 gt100 lt10 1 8 - - - - -
lt10 lt10 lt10 - 7 1 - - - - -
lt10 10-100 lt10 - 1 1 - - - - -
10-100 10-100 10-100 - 1 - - 1 - -
lt10 10-100 Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
lt10 Not Tested lt10 - 1 - - - - -
lt10 Not Tested Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 lt10 lt10 - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 lt10 10-100 - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 gt100 Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 10-100 10-100 - 1 - - - - - -
10-100 lt10 10-100 - 1 - - - - - -
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 5 Date of issue 13th November 2013
IdentificationmdashEscherichia coli
Ninety eight percent of participants correctly reported Escherichia coli for this item The two results of Pmirabilis and the ldquoUnable to identify-referrdquo were transposed results The participant reporting Kpneumoniae used ldquoRapid Onerdquo kit Two other participants used this same kit and reported correctly Eighty five participants reported the use of chromogenic agar Commercial kitssystems were used by 182 participants All kits performed well Thirty five participants used MALDI-TOF with all reporting Ecoli
Ecoli Item 1B Susceptibilities
(all methods)
Antibiotic S IRS R
Amikacin 40 - -
AmpicillinAmoxycillin 233 - 5
Augmentin 217 2 2
Cefaclor 16 - -
Cefazolin 37 - -
Cefepime 12 - -
CefoperzoneSulbactum 1 - -
Cefotaxime 49 - -
Cefoxitin 20 - -
Ceftazidime 54 - -
Ceftriaxone 53 - -
Cefuroxime 56 - -
Cephalexin 93 - 1
Cephalothin 53 3 -
Chloramphenicol 5 - -
Ciprofloxacin 80 - -
Cotrimoxazole 91 - 1
Ertapenem 12 - -
Gentamicin 180 1 -
Imipenem 50 - -
Levofloxacin 13 - -
Meropenem 57 - -
Nalidixic acid 6 - -
Nitrofurantoin 209 - 2
Norfloxacin 133 - 1
Piperacillintazobactam 37 1 -
Polymyxin B 2 - -
Tetracycline 6 - -
Timentin 10 - -
Tobramycin 8 - -
Trimethoprim 191 - 1
Table 4 Escherichia coli susceptibilities (all methods)
1B Escherichia coli
260 981
1 04
2 04
1 04
1 04
1
1
2
1
260
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Sent to Reference Lab
Unable to Identify - Refer
Proteus mirabilis
Klebsiella pneumoniae
Escherichia coli
Susceptibility testingndash Escherichia coli Susceptibility testing was performed well with the majority of participants reporting susceptible to the commonly reported antibiotics for gram-negative urine isolates
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 6 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201362 NOSE SWAB
includes presumptive identifications
ITEM 201362 Nose swab Quality Control This item represented an infection control nose swab containing Methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) and Staphylococcus epidermidis Counts for MRSA remained above 10 x 1010 CFUL throughout the survey Homogeneity and stability testing were satisfactory Culture and identification results Two hundred and forty seven participants returned results with 242 (98) reporting MRSA This isolate was a non multi-resistant MRSA (NMRSA) with a susceptibility pattern as follows Resistant to ampicillin Augmentin cefotaxime cefoxitin cephalothin oxacillin and penicillin susceptible to ciprofloxacin clindamycin erythromycin fusidic acid gentamicin rifampicin and tetracycline Many laboratories screened using chromogenic agars Follow up tests included Gram stain (gram-positive cocci) catalase (positive) DNAase (positive) slidetube coagulase (positive) and conventional susceptibility testing or other method to confirm MRSA Staphylococcus aureus agglutination kits used are shown in Table 5 below Identification kitssystems employed are also shown below in Table 6 Most kitssystems accurately identified S aureus Three laboratories reporting S aureus mentioned that it was MRSA in the comments box One of the four laboratories reporting S aureus (only) reported it oxacillin susceptible in the comments box The other three gave no indication of it being or possibly being MRSA
239 968
3 12
4 16
1 04 1
4
3
239
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Staphylococcus coag negative
Staphylococcus aureus
Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA in comments)
MRSA or Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA)
Most common kits used
Number of users
Biomerieux Slidex Staph 5
Bio-Rad 6
Omega Avipath 2
Oxoid Staphylase 4
Oxoid Staphytect Plus 7
Pastorex Staph Plus 25
Phadebact 9
Prolex Staph 8
Remel BactiStaph 7
Remel Staphaurex (Plus) 20
Table 5 Staphylococcus aureus agglutination kits Table 6 Identification kitssystems
Most common kits used Number of users
API StaphmdashBiomerieux 2
BBL Crystal-BD Gram Positive ID Kit 2
MALDI-TOF Bruker 25
MALDI-TOF VITEK MS 9
Microbact 12S 2
Microscan 1
Phadebact 1
Phoenix 7
RapID Staph Plus 1
SAM-PCR 1
VITEK2 GPmdashBiomerieux 23
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 7 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201363 SKIN SWAB
36 146
109 441
29 117
3 12
24 97
1 04
30 121
8 32
5 20
1 04
1 04
Aeromonas veronii biovar sobria (formally A sobria)
ITEM 201363
Quality Control This item contained the pure isolate Aeromonas veronii bv sobria Homogeneity and stability testing were satisfactory with the bacterial count for the A veronii bv sobria remaining above 41 X 109 CFUL during the 3 week survey period Identification
Two hundred and forty seven participants submitted results with 246 (996) reporting an Aeromonas species The most frequently isolated Aeromonas species of clinical significance in humans are A veronii bv sobria A hydrophila and A caviae1 2 A sobria reported by the majority of participants now refers to the organism originally described by Popoff and Veacuteron in 1976 and is primarily a fish pathogen Aldquosobriardquo that are negative for aesculin hydrolysis salicin KCN L-arabinose and ornithine decarboxylase (ODC) and positive for arginine dihydrolase (ADH) should be designated A veronii bv sobria 2 3 A ichthiosmia reported by one laboratory is identical to A veronii bv sobria using gene sequencing2 A liquefaciens (one laboratory) is exclusively a fish pathogen4 Laboratories identified using Gram stain (gram-negative rods) oxidase reaction (positive) and a variety of identification kitssystems the most commonly used being API 20E (n=49) API 20NE (n=52) MALDI-TOFBruker (n=36) MALDI-TOFVITEK MS (n=10) and VITEK2 GN (n=68)
Susceptibility testing Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
Most discrepancies occurred in the reporting of Augmentin and the carbapenems for this isolate The CDS susceptibility method acknowledges the presence of chromosomally-linked β-lactamases (A1 and A2) in Aeromonas species5678 A1 is an inducible cephalosporinase which is inhibited by aztreonam but not by clavulanic acid and which hydrolyses cephalosporins and cephamycins but not carbapenems (AmpCBush group 1) It is detected by adjacent disc testing in the CDS method (Figure 3a) A2 is a carbapenemase which hydrolyses carbapenems but not cephalosporins or cephamycins It may show heterogeneous expression of resistance and so resistance to imipenem and meropenem may not be detectable by conventional methods unless a heavy inoculum is used 6789 and inaccurate reporting of sensitivity to carbapenems may ensue(Figure 3b) CDS users should report A veronii bv sobria as resistant to both Augmentin and carbapenems and are directed to Table 104a of the current CDS guidelines For CLSI users standard M45-A2 states that ldquointerpretive breakpoints for cefazolin and for ertapenem imipenem and meropenem for the Enterobacteriaceae were voted to be changed by the Subcommittee on Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing subsequent to final approval of this edition of M45 It is anticipated that these modified breakpoints will be adopted for use with Aeromonas spp and Vibrio spp in the next edition of M45 or possibly in a future supplementrdquo10 The CLSI standard inoculum equivalent of 05 McFarland would likely fail to detect carbapenem resistance in Aeromonas species
Antibiotic
Aeromonas veronii bv sobria susceptibilities (all methods)
Susc IntRS Res
Amikacin 42 - 1
AmpicillinAmoxycillin - - 146
Augmentin 28 17 98
Cefazolin 9 - 18
Cefepime 21 - 1
Cefotaxime 51 - 2
Cefoxitin 11 - 1
Ceftazidime 82 - 3
Ceftriaxone 75 - 10
Cefuroxime 43 - -
Cephalexin 6 - 7
Cephalothin 9 - 5
Chloramphenicol 15 - -
Ciprofloxacin 213 - 1
Cotrimoxazole 153 2 3
Gentamicin 198 - 1
Imipenem 25 5 26
Levofloxacin 13 - -
Meropenem 40 2 43
Piperacillin 6 - -
Piperacillintazobactam 44 - 15
Sulphafurazole 8 - -
Tetracycline 29 - -
Timentin 5 - 19
Tobramycin 12 - -
Trimethoprim 19 - 1
Table 7 Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
1
1
5
8
30
1
24
3
29
109
36
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Citrobacter freundii
Aeromonas liquefaciens
Aeromonas hydrophilacaviae
Aeromonas hydrophila group
Aeromonas hydrophila
Aeromonas ichthiosmia
Aeromonas species
Aeromonas veronii
Aeromonas veronii complex
Aeromonas sobria
Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 8 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Figure 3a A hydrophilia with cephalosporinase A1 amp carbapenemase A2 copy South Eastern Area Laboratory Services httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest
Figure 3b A sobria with carbapenemase A2 but lacking cephalosporinase A1 copy South Eastern Area Laboratory Services httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest
References Item 3 1 Parker JL and Shaw JG Aeromonas spp clinical microbiology and disease Journal of infection 201162 109-118 httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0163445310003543bbib10 2 Janda JM and Abbott SL The genus Aeromonas taxonomy pathogenicity and infection Clin Microbiol Rev 201023 35ndash73 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2806660 3 Horneman AJ and Afsar A Aeromonas Ch 38 In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical
microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC 4 Bullock GL The identification and separation of Aeromonas liquefaciens from Pseudomonas fluorescens and related organisms occurring in dis-
eased fish Appl Microbiol 19619 587ndash590 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC1057793 5 Antibiotic susceptibility testing by the CDS method httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest 6 Walsh TR et al Distribution and expression of β-lactamase genes among Aeromonas spp Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy 199740 171ndash
178 httpjacoxfordjournalsorgcontent402171fullpdf 7 Wu C-J et al Distribution and phenotypic and genotypic detection of a metallo-b-lactamase CphA among bacteraemic Aeromonas isolates Jour-
nal of Medical Microbiology 201261 712ndash719 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22322339 8 Aravena-Romaacuten M et al Antimicrobial susceptibilities of Aeromonas strains isolated from clinical and environmental sources to 26 antimicrobial
agents J Med Microbiol 201261 712-9 httpaacasmorgcontent5621110 9 Rossolini GM et al The Aeromonas metallo-β-lactamases genetics enzymology and contribution to drug resistance Microb Drug Resist 1996 2
245-252 httponlineliebertpubcomdoiabs101089mdr19962245
10 CLSI standard A45-A2 Methods for antimicrobial dilution and disk susceptibility testing for infrequently isolated or fastidious bacteria approved guidelinemdashsecond edition August 2010
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 9 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201364ABCD CULTURE AND MICROSCOPY FOR AFB
Reference laboratory report
Culture results C D
Mycobacterium species isolated 59 0
Mycobacterium species not isolated 10 70
Not result reported 2 1
Participant smear results A B
Negative 17 178
1 - 9100 HPF 115 3
10 - 99100 HPF 47 2
1 - 10HPF 4 -
Table 11 Results for mediamethods used for specimen 4C
Table 9 Participant smear results
Table 10 Participant culture results
Table 12 Molecular Diagnostics
Molecular Diagnostics
C D
Mycobacterium TB Complex DNA amplification Positive
13 0
Mycobacterium TB Complex DNA amplification Negative
1 12
No result reported 1 3
Media Total no inoculated
Number positive
BacTALERT amp 3D 9 6
BD BACTEC MGIT 960 System 43 38
BD BBL MGIT 5 3
Brown amp Buckle 3 1
LJ 32 21
LJ Glycerol 6 5
LJ Pyruvate 15 8
LJ Pyruvate Glycerol 4 3
Ogawa 6 2
Other 10 7
Test A B
AFB stain Ziehl Neelsen
Positive 1-9100 HPF
No AFB seen
C D
Culture Bactec MGIT 960 (BD)L-J
Mycobacterium tuberculosis
present
Mycobacterium species absent
Microscopy Results Slides were prepared in this survey using sputum seeded with Mycobacterium tuberculosis H37Ra The sputum used was examined before inoculation with the M tuberculosis strain using a Ziehl-Neelsen stain and tested for M tuberculosis and MAC by molecular methods and found to be negative Smear 4A Slide 4A contained scanty (1-9100HPF) numbers of AFB It was examined by a reference laboratory and a RCPAQAP scientist The three smears examined by the reference laboratory were confirmed positive and contained 4 1 and 3 AFB100HPF Ten randomly selected smears examined by RCPAQAP contained from 4 to 9 AFB100HPF Most laboratories (91 or 92 when transcription errors were included) reported a positive result with the majority (63) reporting 1-9 AFB100 HPF Three transcription errors were apparent among the 17 negative results reported It is recommended these laboratories carefully review their smears Participants are requested to report AFB counts based on acid fast stains rather than on fluorescent stains Smear 4B Smear 4B contained no AFB and this was confirmed by the reference laboratory and 10 smears examined by a RCPAQAP scientist As already mentioned 3 of the 5 laboratories reporting positive results transcribed them in error The other 2 reported positive results in both smears Culture Results Item 4C Sample 4C contained Mycobacterium tuberculosis and organisms representing normal upper respiratory tract flora such as Staphylococcus epidermidis Neisseria subflava and alpha-haemolytic streptococci Of the 69 participants returning a result the majority (86) reported this sample positive Item 4D Sample 4D contained the above upper respiratory organisms only and no Mycobacteria species All participants returning a result reported it negative for Mycobacteria species Molecular Diagnostics Results Fifteen laboratories performed molecular diagnostics for M tuberculosis (14 laboratories returned results on sample 4C and 12 on 4D) Please refer to Table 12 for participant results All methods used are listed below Gene Expert 2 HAIN (MTBDR) 1 HAIN (Mycobacterium CM) 1 Inhouse PCR 3 ProbeTec 2 qPCR 1 Roche Cobas 1 Seegene 1 Taqman 2 Not stated 1
Table 8 4A-D expected results
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 10 Date of issue 13th November 2013
includes presumptive identification(s)
ITEM 201365 ISOLATE FOR IDENTIFICATION
includes presumptive identification(s)
103 475
1 05
72 332
4 18
3 14
2 09
7 32
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
2 09
1 05
1 05
1 05
14 65
Fig 5b H haemolyticus on HBA copy 2013 RCPA QAP
ITEM 201365 Haemophilus haemolyticus This item contained a pure growth of Haemophilus haemolyticus Homogeneity and stability testing for this organism was satisfactory with bacterial counts for the H haemolyticus remaining above 10 x 1010CFUL throughout the survey
This organism represented an isolate from blood culture collected from a patient with endocarditis H haemolyticus is a human commensal of the nasopharynx in some individuals Some authors find its pathogenicity debatable but it has occasionally been implicated in disease 123 Phenotypically and genotypically it is difficult to distinguish from non-typeable H influenzae except for β-haemolysis on blood agar in the case of H haemolyticus 45678 But even this can be an unreliable characteristic as non-haemolytic strains occur and upon repeated sub-culture this trait may disappear 5910 For this reason it has been suggested that H haemolyticus is more commonly misidentified as H influenzae than is recognised5 Like H influenzae H haemolyticus is a fastidious facultative anaerobe XV-dependent oxidase and catalase positive gram-negative coccobacillus
Fig 5a H haemolyticus on Chocolate Agar copy 2013 RCPA QAP
14
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
2
3
4
72
1
103
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Unable to Identify - Refer
Psychrobacter phenylpyruvicus
Pasteurella species
Other
Kingella kingae
Gram negative rod
Francisella tularensis
Corynebacterium jeikeium
Brucella spp
Bacteroides ureolyticus
Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans
Haemophilus species
Haemophilus parainfluenzae
Haemophilus parahaemolyticus
Haemophilus influenzae type B
Haemophilus influenzae
Haemophilus aegyptius
Haemophilus haemolyticus
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 11 Date of issue 13th November 2013
SUMMARY OF PHENOTYPIC AND BIOCHEMICAL RESULTS 811
Phenotypic characteristics
Gram stain Small gram-positive rods and coccobacilli
Motility RT (BHI broth) non-motile
Colonial appearance on Chocolate agar (CA) 24hrs 10mm beige shiny round entire colonies
Colonial appearance on Horse Blood agar (HBA) 24hrs pinpoint translucent shiny round entire colonies
Pigment pale yellow
Haemolysis β (key distinguishing test if apparent) This isolate was haemolytic on HBA
Catalase positive
Oxidase positive
KIA slope NCNC gas negative
Satellitism XV + V - X - Growth conditions
Growth on HBA 35degC in O2 +
Growth on HBA 35degC in CO2 ++
Growth on HBA 35degC in ANO2 +
Growth on CA 35degC 35degC +++
Growth on MacConkey agar no growth Biochemical tests Rapid substrate utilisation
Urease positive
Nitrate positive
Indole negative
Aesculin negative
ADH negative
LDC negative
ODC negative
Glucose positive
Xylose negative
Mannitol negative
Lactose positive (weak) 11
Sucrose negative
Maltose positive (weak) 11 16S rRNA gene analysis by PCR H haemolyticus with a 99 match Although standard genetic testing may be inadequate to distinguish H influenzae and H haemolyticus because of their genetic similarity1012 the demonstration of β-haemolysis on HBA for this isolate supports the PCR findings A few other Haemophilus species are known to display β-haemolysis on blood agar but they are not X and V-dependent 8 Participant results Two hundred and seventeen participants submitted results for this item with 192 (88) correctly identifying to genus level Under half were able to fully speciate The graph on the previous page illustrates participantsrsquo results Some biochemical tests commonly used by participants to identify include catalase (+) oxidase (+) indole (-) urea (+) growth on MacConkey agar (-) and XV-dependency (+) Many participants correctly identifying H haemolyticus observed the β-haemolytic activity of this isolate on blood agar and made note of it in their comments Identification kitssystems used and success rates in the hands of the users are listed below Please note that success rates may have been influenced by the observation (or lack thereof) of β-haemolysis
API NHmdashBiomerieux 1236 (33) correct H influenzae (24)
BBL Crystal-BD NeisseriaHaemophilus ID Kit 22 (100) correct
MALDI-TOF (Bruker ) 423(17) correct Pasteurella species (1) H influenzae (17) gram-negative rod (1)
MALDI-TOF (VITEK MS) 914 (64) correct H influenzae (4) Haemophilus species (1)
Rapid NH 1528 (54) correct Kingella kingae (1) H aegypticus (1) Haemophilus species (2) H influenzae (8) H parainfluenzae (1)
Sequencing 16S rRNA 78 (88) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 GN 56 (83) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 NH 3150 (62) correct Haemophilus species (1) Unable to identify-refer (1) H influenzae (17)
VITEK NHI 45 (80) correct H influenzae (1)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 12 Date of issue 13th November 2013
References Item 5 1 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin
Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
2 Jordan IK et al Genome sequences for five strains of the emerging pathogen Haemophilus haemolyticus J Bacteriol 2011193 5879ndash5880
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3187195
3 Anderson R et al Haemophilus haemolyticus isolates causing clinical disease J Clin Microbiol 201250 2462-5
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22573587
4 Morton DJ et al An invasive Haemophilus haemolyticus isolate J Clin Microbiol 201250 1502ndash1503
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3318549
5 Agrawal A Murphy TF Haemophilus influenzae infections in the H influenzae type b conjugate vaccine era J Clin Microbiol 201149 3728ndash3732
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3209133
6 Kilian M A taxonomic study of the genus Haemophilus with the proposal of a new species J Gen Microbiol 197693 9ndash62
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed772168
7 Kilian M 2005 Genus III Haemophilus Winslow Broadhurst Buchanan Krumweide Rogers and Smith 1917 561 p 883ndash904 In Brenner DJ Krieg NR Staley JT (ed) Bergeyrsquos manual of systematic bacteriology 2nd ed vol 2 Springer New York NY
8 Ledeboer NA Doern GV 2012 Haemophilus In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC
9 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
10 Murphy TF et al Haemophilus haemolyticus a human respiratory tract commensal to be distinguished from Haemophilus influenzae J Infect Dis 2007195 81ndash 89 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed17152011
11 Identification Reference Laboratory Centre for Infectious Diseases and Microbiology ICPMR Westmead Hospital 12 Binks MJ et al Molecular Surveillance of True Nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae An Evaluation of PCR Screening Assays PLOS
httpwwwplosoneorgarticleinfo3Adoi2F1013712Fjournalpone0034083
13 Duerden B Bennet KW and Faulkner J Isolation of Bacteroides ureolyticus (B corrodens) from clinical infections J Clin Pathol 1982 35 309-312 httpjcpbmjcomcontent353309fullpdf
The most common misidentification by participants was H influenzae (35) because of the phenotypicgenetic similarity of the two species and because of the failure of all kitsidentification systems to differentiate between them Reliance on one type of identification system is discouraged and may lead to incorrect identification of some organisms In this instance β-haemolysis on blood agar facilitated an accurate identification if detected however as already noted it may not always be displayed in this species even in primary cultures H parahaemolyticus reported by three laboratories is also β-haemolytic but unlike H haemolyticus it is V-dependent only (and δ-Aminolevulinic acid (ALA) test negative) as is H parainfluenzae reported by two laboratories which is not β-haemolytic All other false identifications reported do not exhibit X+V dependency or X- or V-dependency The laboratory reporting Corynebacterium jeikeium should note that this is a gram-positive rod B ureolyticus reported by one laboratory is an anaerobic organism with corroding colonies on agar plates 13 Brucella and Francisella tularensis are slow-growing fastidious organisms (also not XV-dependent) that would not be dispatched in this type of QAP
ITEM 201364C CLERICAL ERROR
Clerical Errors reported in Item 201364C Number labs (71)
No error reported 6
Error first name only (correct) in 4C 60(85)
Error first name only in 4D (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + last name (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + unit number (incorrect) 1
Error last name (incorrect) 2
Table 13 Clerical errors reported
Specimen label Karina DANIELS UN 831248 Paperwork Amelia DANIELS UN 831248
The clerical error was placed in item 201364C Mycobacteriology culture As only 95 participants receive 4C and 4D culture vials and only 71 performed testing this clerical error has not been scored
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 13 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201367ABC MYCOLOGY
7A This item contained Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic] (previously T mentagrophytes) 973 correct to genus level 634 correct to species level (required) The Trichophyton species have undergone extensive reclassification in the last 5 years This is because there exists much phenotypic variation but genetic variation is low Most of the species formerly known as T mentagrophytes are now classified within T interdigitale T mentagrophytes still exists but encompasses only the organism previously known as T quinckeanum (T mentagrophytes var quinckeanum) which is associated with mice T interdigitale is recognised as having two ecological groups the anthropophilic and the zoophilic group with the former T mentagrophytes species falls into the zoophilic group For this item T interdigitale and T mentagrophytes were both marked as correct This newly merged species encompasses a wide range of phenotypes which may or may not be observed for a given specimen Sequencing of the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region is the gold standard for identification using reference strains that are correctly named according to the revised taxonomy Chen et al have published a useful book chapter with phenotypic descriptions and recommendations for molecular identification of the revised Trichophyton species1
7A Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
Figures 7A (i-iii) Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic group] (previously T mentagrophytes) may have [7A(i)] numerous single-celled microconidia often in dense clusters along with smooth thin-walled cigar-shaped multicelled macroconidia Microconidia are hyaline smooth-walled and are predominantly spherical to subspherical in shape however occasional clavate to pyriform forms may occur [7A(ii)] varying numbers of spherical chlamydoconidia and [7A (iii)] spiral hyphae may also be observed The zoophilic form of the species tends to have powdery-granular colonies on Sabouraudrsquos lactritmel and 1 peptone media while the anthropophilic form has suede-downy textured colonies
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
5
6
7
14
1
31
1
5
20
13
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Chrysosporium tropicum
Microsporum gypseum
Microsporum persicolor
Trichophyton equinum
Trichophyton terrestre
Trichophyton erinacei
Trichophyton verrucosum
Trichophyton species
Trichophyton rubrum [Worldwide population]
Trichophyton tonsurans
Trichophyton rubrum
Trichophyton mentagrophytes complex
Trichophyton mentagrophytes
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic] and [zoophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale
Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
13 116
20 179
5 45
1 09
31 277
1 09
14 125
7 63
6 54
5 45
2 18
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7A (i)
7A (ii) 7A (iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 14 Date of issue 13th November 2013
7B Cryptococcus neoformans
82 732
8 71
1 09
1 09
5 45
11 98
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7B This item contained Cryptococcus neoformans 964 correct to genus level 812 correct to species level (required) Cryptococcosis is typically caused by either Cryptococcus neoformans or Cryptococcus gattii although occasionally other Cryptococcus species have been implicated C neoformans typically infects the immunocompromised host frequently in the setting of HIV with gt1 million new cases and~600000 deaths per year globally C neoformans is a yeast-like basidiomycete fungus with a distinctive polysaccharide capsule Differentiation from the closely related C gattii is important Presumptive identification is by India Ink stain to highlight the capsule and birdseed agar to observe dark brown colonies
Figure 7B (i-iii) [7B (i)] India Ink stain highlighting the capsule of C neoformansgattii [7B(ii)] Dark brown colonies of C neoformansgattii mixed with white colonies of Candida albicans on birdseed agar [7B(iii)] Canavanine glycine bromothyol blue (CGB) media for distinguishing C neoformans (left) from C gattii (right)
1
1
1
1
11
5
1
1
8
82
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Unable to identify- refer
Candida (not albicans)
Candida glabrata complex
Candida krusei
Cryptococcus neoformansgattii- unable to speciate
Cryptococcus species
Cryptococcus laurentii
Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii
Cryptococcus neoformans var neoformans
Cryptococcus neoformans
81 of labs correctly reported this isolate as Cryptococcus neoformans While no lab reported C gattii 11 labs were unable to differentiate C neoformans from C gattii Epidemiology risk factors and treatment of infections caused by these species are different and accurate identification is important for effective management All labs should seek to differentiate these species using CGB media a validated molecular method or by referral to a reference laboratory API ID32C and Vitek-2 does not distinguish C neoformans from C gattii These species may be differentiated by a number of DNA-based assays MALDI-ToF and canavanine-glycine-bromothymol blue (CGB) media C neoformans does not grow on CGB media which remains yellow whereas C gattii will grow triggering a blue colour change reaction in the media usually within 3 days It is worth noting that some slow growing C gattii isolates may take as long as 10 days to effect the blue colour change and may initially be mis-identified as C neoformans Nine labs unnecessarily attempted to further identify the C neoformans isolate to variety level either Cn var grubii (serotype A molecular types VNI and VNII) or Cn var neoformans (serotype D molecular type VNIV) It is not clear what methods were used to achieve this varietal identification but 8 of the 9 labs incorrectly reported Cn var neoformans In fact the isolate was confirmed by molecular methods to be Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii molecular type VNI The 8 reports of Cn var neoformans may reflect persistence of the now obsolete classification of Cryptococcus neoformans having two varieties var neoformans and var gattii If it is the normal practice of these labs to report to varietal level it would be worthwhile reviewing methods interpretation and reporting procedures
7B (i) 7B (ii) 7B(iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 15 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Reference item 7
1 Chen SC DH Ellis TC Sorrell and W Meyer Chapter 44 Trichophyton In ldquoMolecular Detection of Human Fungal Pathogensrdquo Dongyou Liu (Ed) CRC Press 2011
All mycology isolates were identified by both conventional and molecular techniques
86 768
9 80
1 09
2 18
3 27
3 27
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
2 18
7C Scedosporium prolificans
This item contained Scedosporium prolificans 875 correct to genus level 768 correct to species level (required) Colonies are rapid growing flat spreading olive-grey to black (the culture may contain a mixture of the colurs depending on the age) and have a suede-like to downy surface texture [7C (i)] Conidia are borne in small groups on distinctive basally swollen flask-shaped annellides which occur singly or in clusters along the vegetative hyphae Conidia are single-celled hyaline to pale-brown ovoid to pyriform 2-5 x 3-13 um (average 34-53 um) in size and have smooth thin walls [7C (ii)] Identification of Scedosporium prolificans to
species level is very important due to its intrinsic resistance to most antifungal drugs It may be distinguished from other members of the genus in particular the human pathogen S apiospermum by its basally swollen (inflated) flask-shaped annellides conidia borne in small groups rather than singly and by not growing on media containing cycloheximide (actidione) DNA sequencing (ITS region) will also definitively identify Scedosporium species Three laboratories reported Sporothrix schenckii which is easily distinguished from Scedosporium spp because it is a dimorphic pathogen with a yeast-like phase when grown at 37degC
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
9
86
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Unable to identify- refer
Chaetomium species
Hortaea werneckii
Ochroconis gallopava
Wangiella species
Exophiala species
Exophiala dermatitidis
Sporothrix schenckii
Scedosporium species
Scedosporium aurantiacum
Scedosporium apiospermum (sensu stricto)
Scedosporium prolificans
7C (i) 7C (ii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 2 Date of issue 13th November 2013
FINAL RESULTS AND COMMENTS D62013
ITEM 201361AB URINE FOR MICROSCOPY CULTURE AND SUSCEPTIBILITY TESTING
ITEM 201361A
Quality Control This item contained a pure growth of Proteus mirabilis and passed homogeneity and stability testing with the total counts remaining above 10 x 1010 CFUL throughout the survey period
Microscopy Homogeneity testing indicated that the white cell count was 10-100 x 106L or gt100 x 106L Both counts have been scored correct The red cell count was 10-100 x 106L There were no epithelial cells added to the sample so lt10 x 106L was the expected result for epithelial cells Ninety six percent reported 10-100 or gt100 x 106L WBC 82 reported 10-100 X 106 RBCL and 98 reported lt10 x 106 epithelial cellsL Comparisons of cell count method versus counts reported are outlined in Table 1
Table 1 Cell counts reported 1A
Bacterial counts Two hundred and sixty five participants submitted culture results for this item Where reported 92 reported growth of gt108 CFUL and 99 a pure growth Three participants transposed results
Identification and susceptibility testing IdentificationmdashProteus mirabilis Excluding the three transposed results 99 of participants correctly identified this isolate to genus level Commercial kitssystems were utilised by 229 (86) The participant reporting Pvulgaris did not use a kit only identifying that the colony was cream on their in-house chromogenic medium Mmorganii in the hands of the user was incorrectly identified by using Microbact 24E The other three users of this kit reported the correct identification The two reporting Proteus species did not use a kitcommercial system with one using chromogenic agar (clearyellow- brown) and the other did not identify any further reporting that catheter colonisation was the likely cause Forty eight
White1A Red1A Epi1A IQ 200 Manual Omitted U(F) 2000 UF-1
UF-1000(i)
Urisys 2400 UX-2000
10-100 10-100 lt10 14 136 15 - 1 2 1 -
gt100 10-100 lt10 1 26 1 1 - 1 - 1
10-100 10-100 Not Tested - 3 - - - - - -
10-100 Not Tested Not Tested 1 1 - - - - - -
gt100 10-100 Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
10-100 lt10 lt10 - 16 3 - - - - -
gt100 gt100 lt10 - 7 4 - - - - -
10-100 gt100 lt10 - 5 - - - - - -
lt10 lt10 lt10 - 8 - - - - - -
10-100 10-100 10-100 - 2 - - - 1 - -
lt10 lt10 Not Tested - - 1 - - - - -
lt10 Not Tested lt10 - - 1 - - - - -
lt10 Not Tested Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 gt100 10-100 - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 10-100 10-100 - 1 - - - - - -
10-100 lt10 10-100 - - - - - 1 - -
Not Tested lt10 Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
1A Proteus mirabilis
256 966
1 04
2 08
1 04
3 11
1 04
1 04 1
1
3
1
2
1
256
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Sent to Reference Lab
Mixed growth-probable contamination
Escherichia coli
Morganella morganii
Proteus species
Proteus vulgaris
Proteus mirabilis
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 3 Date of issue 13th November 2013
participants successfully used MALDI-TOF MS to correctly identify this isolate Susceptibility Testing Proteus mirabilis This strain of Pmirabilis expresses a plasmid mediated AmpC (PM AmpC) type of β-lactamase This was a clinical isolate sourced from a hospital laboratory south of Sydney The isolate was grown from both the patientrsquos blood cultures and catheter urine The isolate was resistant to ampicillin cephalexin and ceftriaxone but susceptible to cefepime and aztreonam ESBL and MBL phenotypic tests (CDS) were negative When referred to the CDS laboratory for further testing phenotypic tests (showing synergy between boronic acid disc and ceftazidime) suggested high activity plasmid-mediated AmpC cephalosporinase1 Figure 1A illustrates the method used but please note the isolate in image is Ecoli not Pmirabilis The CDS laboratory commented that ldquoDue to its characteristic swarming back into the zone of inhibition around imipenem disc this organism may appear resistant to imipenem with a double zone The testing on MacConkey agar confirms that the organism is susceptible to imipenem with a clear zone of 7 mm It is also clearly susceptible to all other carbapenems ie meropenem ertapenem and doripenemrdquo Nine participants reported imipenem resistance Five were users of the CDS method three used the CLSI standard disk method and one used Vitek2
Forty five participants incorrectly reported the presence of ESBL Thirty nine confirmed or suspected AmpC A further 15 referred to another laboratory for ESBL testing We thank Dr Peter Newton Medical Microbiologist Wollongong Hospital Wollongong NSW for providing this isolate
Pmirabilis
Item 1A
Susceptibilities
(all methods)
Antibiotic S IRS R
Amikacin 76 1 -
AmpicillinAmoxycillin 1 - 230
Augmentin 1 - 234
Cefaclor - - 16
Cefazolin - - 36
Cefepime 23 - 1
Cefotaxime 1 7 62
Cefoxitin 1 - 27
Ceftazidime 20 11 46
Ceftriaxone 18 11 63
Cefuroxime 9 18 37
Cephalexin 1 - 82
Cephalothin 1 - 54
Ciprofloxacin 1 - 113
Cotrimoxazole 26 - 72
Ertapenem 17 - -
Fosfomycin 8 - -
Gentamicin 166 16 35
Imipenem 67 1 9
Levofloxacin - - 13
Meropenem 126 - 2
Nitrofurantoin 5 4 194
Norfloxacin - - 149
Piperacillin - - 7
Piperacillintazobactam 56 2 3
Tetracycline - - 6
Timentin 20 - 12
Tobramycin 1 1 29
Trimethoprim 2 - 182
Table 2 Proteus mirabilis susceptibilities (all methods)
Figure 1A Phenotypic detection using boronic acid discs in an E coli producing a plamid mediated AmpC Synergy between boronic acid discs (blank) and adjacent discs cefotaxime (CTX 5) Augmentin (AMC 60) cephalexin (CL 100) ceftazidime (CAZ 10) Blank disc = 250 microg boronic acid disc2
Reference Item 1A
1 ASM 2013 mdash PowerPoint Presentation Proceedings of the CDS Workshop -Part 2
httpwebmedunsweduaucdstestGTF_CDS_siteWebPagesArchiveASMconferencehtm
2 ASM 2013 mdash PowerPoint Presentation Proceedings of the CDS Workshop -Part 1 Slide 20
httpwebmedunsweduaucdstestGTF_CDS_siteWebPagesArchiveASMconferencehtm
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 4 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201361B
Quality Control This item contained a pure growth of Escherichia coli and passed homogeneity and stability testing with counts remaining above 10 x 1010 CFUL throughout the survey period
Microscopy Homogeneity testing indicated that the white cell count was 10-100 x 106L or gt100 x 106L Both counts have been scored correct The red cell count was 10-100 x 106L There were no epithelial cells added to the sample so lt10 x 106L was the expected result for epithelial cells Ninety five percent reported 10-100 or gt100 x 106L WBC 79 reported 10-100 X 106 RBCL and 98 reported lt10 x 106 epithelial cellsL Comparisons of cell count method versus counts reported are outlined in Table 3
Bacterial counts Two hundred and sixty five participants returned results for this item Where reported 97 reported growth of gt108 CFUL and 99 reported a pure growth
Table 3 Cell counts reported 1B
White1B Red1B Epi1B IQ 200 Manual Omitted U(F) 2000 UF-1 UF-1000(i) Urisys 2400 UX-2000
10-100 10-100 lt10 10 117 8 1 1 4 1 -
gt100 10-100 lt10 4 38 8 - - - - -
10-100 10-100 Not Tested - 2 1 - - - - -
10-100 Not Tested Not Tested 1 1 - - - - - -
gt100 10-100 Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
10-100 lt10 lt10 - 15 3 - - - - -
10-100 lt10 lt10 - 15 3 - - - - -
gt100 gt100 lt10 - 11 2 - - - - 1
10-100 gt100 lt10 1 8 - - - - -
lt10 lt10 lt10 - 7 1 - - - - -
lt10 10-100 lt10 - 1 1 - - - - -
10-100 10-100 10-100 - 1 - - 1 - -
lt10 10-100 Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
lt10 Not Tested lt10 - 1 - - - - -
lt10 Not Tested Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 lt10 lt10 - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 lt10 10-100 - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 gt100 Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 10-100 10-100 - 1 - - - - - -
10-100 lt10 10-100 - 1 - - - - - -
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 5 Date of issue 13th November 2013
IdentificationmdashEscherichia coli
Ninety eight percent of participants correctly reported Escherichia coli for this item The two results of Pmirabilis and the ldquoUnable to identify-referrdquo were transposed results The participant reporting Kpneumoniae used ldquoRapid Onerdquo kit Two other participants used this same kit and reported correctly Eighty five participants reported the use of chromogenic agar Commercial kitssystems were used by 182 participants All kits performed well Thirty five participants used MALDI-TOF with all reporting Ecoli
Ecoli Item 1B Susceptibilities
(all methods)
Antibiotic S IRS R
Amikacin 40 - -
AmpicillinAmoxycillin 233 - 5
Augmentin 217 2 2
Cefaclor 16 - -
Cefazolin 37 - -
Cefepime 12 - -
CefoperzoneSulbactum 1 - -
Cefotaxime 49 - -
Cefoxitin 20 - -
Ceftazidime 54 - -
Ceftriaxone 53 - -
Cefuroxime 56 - -
Cephalexin 93 - 1
Cephalothin 53 3 -
Chloramphenicol 5 - -
Ciprofloxacin 80 - -
Cotrimoxazole 91 - 1
Ertapenem 12 - -
Gentamicin 180 1 -
Imipenem 50 - -
Levofloxacin 13 - -
Meropenem 57 - -
Nalidixic acid 6 - -
Nitrofurantoin 209 - 2
Norfloxacin 133 - 1
Piperacillintazobactam 37 1 -
Polymyxin B 2 - -
Tetracycline 6 - -
Timentin 10 - -
Tobramycin 8 - -
Trimethoprim 191 - 1
Table 4 Escherichia coli susceptibilities (all methods)
1B Escherichia coli
260 981
1 04
2 04
1 04
1 04
1
1
2
1
260
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Sent to Reference Lab
Unable to Identify - Refer
Proteus mirabilis
Klebsiella pneumoniae
Escherichia coli
Susceptibility testingndash Escherichia coli Susceptibility testing was performed well with the majority of participants reporting susceptible to the commonly reported antibiotics for gram-negative urine isolates
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 6 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201362 NOSE SWAB
includes presumptive identifications
ITEM 201362 Nose swab Quality Control This item represented an infection control nose swab containing Methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) and Staphylococcus epidermidis Counts for MRSA remained above 10 x 1010 CFUL throughout the survey Homogeneity and stability testing were satisfactory Culture and identification results Two hundred and forty seven participants returned results with 242 (98) reporting MRSA This isolate was a non multi-resistant MRSA (NMRSA) with a susceptibility pattern as follows Resistant to ampicillin Augmentin cefotaxime cefoxitin cephalothin oxacillin and penicillin susceptible to ciprofloxacin clindamycin erythromycin fusidic acid gentamicin rifampicin and tetracycline Many laboratories screened using chromogenic agars Follow up tests included Gram stain (gram-positive cocci) catalase (positive) DNAase (positive) slidetube coagulase (positive) and conventional susceptibility testing or other method to confirm MRSA Staphylococcus aureus agglutination kits used are shown in Table 5 below Identification kitssystems employed are also shown below in Table 6 Most kitssystems accurately identified S aureus Three laboratories reporting S aureus mentioned that it was MRSA in the comments box One of the four laboratories reporting S aureus (only) reported it oxacillin susceptible in the comments box The other three gave no indication of it being or possibly being MRSA
239 968
3 12
4 16
1 04 1
4
3
239
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Staphylococcus coag negative
Staphylococcus aureus
Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA in comments)
MRSA or Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA)
Most common kits used
Number of users
Biomerieux Slidex Staph 5
Bio-Rad 6
Omega Avipath 2
Oxoid Staphylase 4
Oxoid Staphytect Plus 7
Pastorex Staph Plus 25
Phadebact 9
Prolex Staph 8
Remel BactiStaph 7
Remel Staphaurex (Plus) 20
Table 5 Staphylococcus aureus agglutination kits Table 6 Identification kitssystems
Most common kits used Number of users
API StaphmdashBiomerieux 2
BBL Crystal-BD Gram Positive ID Kit 2
MALDI-TOF Bruker 25
MALDI-TOF VITEK MS 9
Microbact 12S 2
Microscan 1
Phadebact 1
Phoenix 7
RapID Staph Plus 1
SAM-PCR 1
VITEK2 GPmdashBiomerieux 23
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 7 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201363 SKIN SWAB
36 146
109 441
29 117
3 12
24 97
1 04
30 121
8 32
5 20
1 04
1 04
Aeromonas veronii biovar sobria (formally A sobria)
ITEM 201363
Quality Control This item contained the pure isolate Aeromonas veronii bv sobria Homogeneity and stability testing were satisfactory with the bacterial count for the A veronii bv sobria remaining above 41 X 109 CFUL during the 3 week survey period Identification
Two hundred and forty seven participants submitted results with 246 (996) reporting an Aeromonas species The most frequently isolated Aeromonas species of clinical significance in humans are A veronii bv sobria A hydrophila and A caviae1 2 A sobria reported by the majority of participants now refers to the organism originally described by Popoff and Veacuteron in 1976 and is primarily a fish pathogen Aldquosobriardquo that are negative for aesculin hydrolysis salicin KCN L-arabinose and ornithine decarboxylase (ODC) and positive for arginine dihydrolase (ADH) should be designated A veronii bv sobria 2 3 A ichthiosmia reported by one laboratory is identical to A veronii bv sobria using gene sequencing2 A liquefaciens (one laboratory) is exclusively a fish pathogen4 Laboratories identified using Gram stain (gram-negative rods) oxidase reaction (positive) and a variety of identification kitssystems the most commonly used being API 20E (n=49) API 20NE (n=52) MALDI-TOFBruker (n=36) MALDI-TOFVITEK MS (n=10) and VITEK2 GN (n=68)
Susceptibility testing Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
Most discrepancies occurred in the reporting of Augmentin and the carbapenems for this isolate The CDS susceptibility method acknowledges the presence of chromosomally-linked β-lactamases (A1 and A2) in Aeromonas species5678 A1 is an inducible cephalosporinase which is inhibited by aztreonam but not by clavulanic acid and which hydrolyses cephalosporins and cephamycins but not carbapenems (AmpCBush group 1) It is detected by adjacent disc testing in the CDS method (Figure 3a) A2 is a carbapenemase which hydrolyses carbapenems but not cephalosporins or cephamycins It may show heterogeneous expression of resistance and so resistance to imipenem and meropenem may not be detectable by conventional methods unless a heavy inoculum is used 6789 and inaccurate reporting of sensitivity to carbapenems may ensue(Figure 3b) CDS users should report A veronii bv sobria as resistant to both Augmentin and carbapenems and are directed to Table 104a of the current CDS guidelines For CLSI users standard M45-A2 states that ldquointerpretive breakpoints for cefazolin and for ertapenem imipenem and meropenem for the Enterobacteriaceae were voted to be changed by the Subcommittee on Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing subsequent to final approval of this edition of M45 It is anticipated that these modified breakpoints will be adopted for use with Aeromonas spp and Vibrio spp in the next edition of M45 or possibly in a future supplementrdquo10 The CLSI standard inoculum equivalent of 05 McFarland would likely fail to detect carbapenem resistance in Aeromonas species
Antibiotic
Aeromonas veronii bv sobria susceptibilities (all methods)
Susc IntRS Res
Amikacin 42 - 1
AmpicillinAmoxycillin - - 146
Augmentin 28 17 98
Cefazolin 9 - 18
Cefepime 21 - 1
Cefotaxime 51 - 2
Cefoxitin 11 - 1
Ceftazidime 82 - 3
Ceftriaxone 75 - 10
Cefuroxime 43 - -
Cephalexin 6 - 7
Cephalothin 9 - 5
Chloramphenicol 15 - -
Ciprofloxacin 213 - 1
Cotrimoxazole 153 2 3
Gentamicin 198 - 1
Imipenem 25 5 26
Levofloxacin 13 - -
Meropenem 40 2 43
Piperacillin 6 - -
Piperacillintazobactam 44 - 15
Sulphafurazole 8 - -
Tetracycline 29 - -
Timentin 5 - 19
Tobramycin 12 - -
Trimethoprim 19 - 1
Table 7 Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
1
1
5
8
30
1
24
3
29
109
36
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Citrobacter freundii
Aeromonas liquefaciens
Aeromonas hydrophilacaviae
Aeromonas hydrophila group
Aeromonas hydrophila
Aeromonas ichthiosmia
Aeromonas species
Aeromonas veronii
Aeromonas veronii complex
Aeromonas sobria
Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 8 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Figure 3a A hydrophilia with cephalosporinase A1 amp carbapenemase A2 copy South Eastern Area Laboratory Services httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest
Figure 3b A sobria with carbapenemase A2 but lacking cephalosporinase A1 copy South Eastern Area Laboratory Services httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest
References Item 3 1 Parker JL and Shaw JG Aeromonas spp clinical microbiology and disease Journal of infection 201162 109-118 httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0163445310003543bbib10 2 Janda JM and Abbott SL The genus Aeromonas taxonomy pathogenicity and infection Clin Microbiol Rev 201023 35ndash73 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2806660 3 Horneman AJ and Afsar A Aeromonas Ch 38 In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical
microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC 4 Bullock GL The identification and separation of Aeromonas liquefaciens from Pseudomonas fluorescens and related organisms occurring in dis-
eased fish Appl Microbiol 19619 587ndash590 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC1057793 5 Antibiotic susceptibility testing by the CDS method httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest 6 Walsh TR et al Distribution and expression of β-lactamase genes among Aeromonas spp Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy 199740 171ndash
178 httpjacoxfordjournalsorgcontent402171fullpdf 7 Wu C-J et al Distribution and phenotypic and genotypic detection of a metallo-b-lactamase CphA among bacteraemic Aeromonas isolates Jour-
nal of Medical Microbiology 201261 712ndash719 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22322339 8 Aravena-Romaacuten M et al Antimicrobial susceptibilities of Aeromonas strains isolated from clinical and environmental sources to 26 antimicrobial
agents J Med Microbiol 201261 712-9 httpaacasmorgcontent5621110 9 Rossolini GM et al The Aeromonas metallo-β-lactamases genetics enzymology and contribution to drug resistance Microb Drug Resist 1996 2
245-252 httponlineliebertpubcomdoiabs101089mdr19962245
10 CLSI standard A45-A2 Methods for antimicrobial dilution and disk susceptibility testing for infrequently isolated or fastidious bacteria approved guidelinemdashsecond edition August 2010
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 9 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201364ABCD CULTURE AND MICROSCOPY FOR AFB
Reference laboratory report
Culture results C D
Mycobacterium species isolated 59 0
Mycobacterium species not isolated 10 70
Not result reported 2 1
Participant smear results A B
Negative 17 178
1 - 9100 HPF 115 3
10 - 99100 HPF 47 2
1 - 10HPF 4 -
Table 11 Results for mediamethods used for specimen 4C
Table 9 Participant smear results
Table 10 Participant culture results
Table 12 Molecular Diagnostics
Molecular Diagnostics
C D
Mycobacterium TB Complex DNA amplification Positive
13 0
Mycobacterium TB Complex DNA amplification Negative
1 12
No result reported 1 3
Media Total no inoculated
Number positive
BacTALERT amp 3D 9 6
BD BACTEC MGIT 960 System 43 38
BD BBL MGIT 5 3
Brown amp Buckle 3 1
LJ 32 21
LJ Glycerol 6 5
LJ Pyruvate 15 8
LJ Pyruvate Glycerol 4 3
Ogawa 6 2
Other 10 7
Test A B
AFB stain Ziehl Neelsen
Positive 1-9100 HPF
No AFB seen
C D
Culture Bactec MGIT 960 (BD)L-J
Mycobacterium tuberculosis
present
Mycobacterium species absent
Microscopy Results Slides were prepared in this survey using sputum seeded with Mycobacterium tuberculosis H37Ra The sputum used was examined before inoculation with the M tuberculosis strain using a Ziehl-Neelsen stain and tested for M tuberculosis and MAC by molecular methods and found to be negative Smear 4A Slide 4A contained scanty (1-9100HPF) numbers of AFB It was examined by a reference laboratory and a RCPAQAP scientist The three smears examined by the reference laboratory were confirmed positive and contained 4 1 and 3 AFB100HPF Ten randomly selected smears examined by RCPAQAP contained from 4 to 9 AFB100HPF Most laboratories (91 or 92 when transcription errors were included) reported a positive result with the majority (63) reporting 1-9 AFB100 HPF Three transcription errors were apparent among the 17 negative results reported It is recommended these laboratories carefully review their smears Participants are requested to report AFB counts based on acid fast stains rather than on fluorescent stains Smear 4B Smear 4B contained no AFB and this was confirmed by the reference laboratory and 10 smears examined by a RCPAQAP scientist As already mentioned 3 of the 5 laboratories reporting positive results transcribed them in error The other 2 reported positive results in both smears Culture Results Item 4C Sample 4C contained Mycobacterium tuberculosis and organisms representing normal upper respiratory tract flora such as Staphylococcus epidermidis Neisseria subflava and alpha-haemolytic streptococci Of the 69 participants returning a result the majority (86) reported this sample positive Item 4D Sample 4D contained the above upper respiratory organisms only and no Mycobacteria species All participants returning a result reported it negative for Mycobacteria species Molecular Diagnostics Results Fifteen laboratories performed molecular diagnostics for M tuberculosis (14 laboratories returned results on sample 4C and 12 on 4D) Please refer to Table 12 for participant results All methods used are listed below Gene Expert 2 HAIN (MTBDR) 1 HAIN (Mycobacterium CM) 1 Inhouse PCR 3 ProbeTec 2 qPCR 1 Roche Cobas 1 Seegene 1 Taqman 2 Not stated 1
Table 8 4A-D expected results
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 10 Date of issue 13th November 2013
includes presumptive identification(s)
ITEM 201365 ISOLATE FOR IDENTIFICATION
includes presumptive identification(s)
103 475
1 05
72 332
4 18
3 14
2 09
7 32
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
2 09
1 05
1 05
1 05
14 65
Fig 5b H haemolyticus on HBA copy 2013 RCPA QAP
ITEM 201365 Haemophilus haemolyticus This item contained a pure growth of Haemophilus haemolyticus Homogeneity and stability testing for this organism was satisfactory with bacterial counts for the H haemolyticus remaining above 10 x 1010CFUL throughout the survey
This organism represented an isolate from blood culture collected from a patient with endocarditis H haemolyticus is a human commensal of the nasopharynx in some individuals Some authors find its pathogenicity debatable but it has occasionally been implicated in disease 123 Phenotypically and genotypically it is difficult to distinguish from non-typeable H influenzae except for β-haemolysis on blood agar in the case of H haemolyticus 45678 But even this can be an unreliable characteristic as non-haemolytic strains occur and upon repeated sub-culture this trait may disappear 5910 For this reason it has been suggested that H haemolyticus is more commonly misidentified as H influenzae than is recognised5 Like H influenzae H haemolyticus is a fastidious facultative anaerobe XV-dependent oxidase and catalase positive gram-negative coccobacillus
Fig 5a H haemolyticus on Chocolate Agar copy 2013 RCPA QAP
14
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
2
3
4
72
1
103
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Unable to Identify - Refer
Psychrobacter phenylpyruvicus
Pasteurella species
Other
Kingella kingae
Gram negative rod
Francisella tularensis
Corynebacterium jeikeium
Brucella spp
Bacteroides ureolyticus
Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans
Haemophilus species
Haemophilus parainfluenzae
Haemophilus parahaemolyticus
Haemophilus influenzae type B
Haemophilus influenzae
Haemophilus aegyptius
Haemophilus haemolyticus
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 11 Date of issue 13th November 2013
SUMMARY OF PHENOTYPIC AND BIOCHEMICAL RESULTS 811
Phenotypic characteristics
Gram stain Small gram-positive rods and coccobacilli
Motility RT (BHI broth) non-motile
Colonial appearance on Chocolate agar (CA) 24hrs 10mm beige shiny round entire colonies
Colonial appearance on Horse Blood agar (HBA) 24hrs pinpoint translucent shiny round entire colonies
Pigment pale yellow
Haemolysis β (key distinguishing test if apparent) This isolate was haemolytic on HBA
Catalase positive
Oxidase positive
KIA slope NCNC gas negative
Satellitism XV + V - X - Growth conditions
Growth on HBA 35degC in O2 +
Growth on HBA 35degC in CO2 ++
Growth on HBA 35degC in ANO2 +
Growth on CA 35degC 35degC +++
Growth on MacConkey agar no growth Biochemical tests Rapid substrate utilisation
Urease positive
Nitrate positive
Indole negative
Aesculin negative
ADH negative
LDC negative
ODC negative
Glucose positive
Xylose negative
Mannitol negative
Lactose positive (weak) 11
Sucrose negative
Maltose positive (weak) 11 16S rRNA gene analysis by PCR H haemolyticus with a 99 match Although standard genetic testing may be inadequate to distinguish H influenzae and H haemolyticus because of their genetic similarity1012 the demonstration of β-haemolysis on HBA for this isolate supports the PCR findings A few other Haemophilus species are known to display β-haemolysis on blood agar but they are not X and V-dependent 8 Participant results Two hundred and seventeen participants submitted results for this item with 192 (88) correctly identifying to genus level Under half were able to fully speciate The graph on the previous page illustrates participantsrsquo results Some biochemical tests commonly used by participants to identify include catalase (+) oxidase (+) indole (-) urea (+) growth on MacConkey agar (-) and XV-dependency (+) Many participants correctly identifying H haemolyticus observed the β-haemolytic activity of this isolate on blood agar and made note of it in their comments Identification kitssystems used and success rates in the hands of the users are listed below Please note that success rates may have been influenced by the observation (or lack thereof) of β-haemolysis
API NHmdashBiomerieux 1236 (33) correct H influenzae (24)
BBL Crystal-BD NeisseriaHaemophilus ID Kit 22 (100) correct
MALDI-TOF (Bruker ) 423(17) correct Pasteurella species (1) H influenzae (17) gram-negative rod (1)
MALDI-TOF (VITEK MS) 914 (64) correct H influenzae (4) Haemophilus species (1)
Rapid NH 1528 (54) correct Kingella kingae (1) H aegypticus (1) Haemophilus species (2) H influenzae (8) H parainfluenzae (1)
Sequencing 16S rRNA 78 (88) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 GN 56 (83) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 NH 3150 (62) correct Haemophilus species (1) Unable to identify-refer (1) H influenzae (17)
VITEK NHI 45 (80) correct H influenzae (1)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 12 Date of issue 13th November 2013
References Item 5 1 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin
Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
2 Jordan IK et al Genome sequences for five strains of the emerging pathogen Haemophilus haemolyticus J Bacteriol 2011193 5879ndash5880
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3187195
3 Anderson R et al Haemophilus haemolyticus isolates causing clinical disease J Clin Microbiol 201250 2462-5
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22573587
4 Morton DJ et al An invasive Haemophilus haemolyticus isolate J Clin Microbiol 201250 1502ndash1503
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3318549
5 Agrawal A Murphy TF Haemophilus influenzae infections in the H influenzae type b conjugate vaccine era J Clin Microbiol 201149 3728ndash3732
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3209133
6 Kilian M A taxonomic study of the genus Haemophilus with the proposal of a new species J Gen Microbiol 197693 9ndash62
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed772168
7 Kilian M 2005 Genus III Haemophilus Winslow Broadhurst Buchanan Krumweide Rogers and Smith 1917 561 p 883ndash904 In Brenner DJ Krieg NR Staley JT (ed) Bergeyrsquos manual of systematic bacteriology 2nd ed vol 2 Springer New York NY
8 Ledeboer NA Doern GV 2012 Haemophilus In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC
9 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
10 Murphy TF et al Haemophilus haemolyticus a human respiratory tract commensal to be distinguished from Haemophilus influenzae J Infect Dis 2007195 81ndash 89 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed17152011
11 Identification Reference Laboratory Centre for Infectious Diseases and Microbiology ICPMR Westmead Hospital 12 Binks MJ et al Molecular Surveillance of True Nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae An Evaluation of PCR Screening Assays PLOS
httpwwwplosoneorgarticleinfo3Adoi2F1013712Fjournalpone0034083
13 Duerden B Bennet KW and Faulkner J Isolation of Bacteroides ureolyticus (B corrodens) from clinical infections J Clin Pathol 1982 35 309-312 httpjcpbmjcomcontent353309fullpdf
The most common misidentification by participants was H influenzae (35) because of the phenotypicgenetic similarity of the two species and because of the failure of all kitsidentification systems to differentiate between them Reliance on one type of identification system is discouraged and may lead to incorrect identification of some organisms In this instance β-haemolysis on blood agar facilitated an accurate identification if detected however as already noted it may not always be displayed in this species even in primary cultures H parahaemolyticus reported by three laboratories is also β-haemolytic but unlike H haemolyticus it is V-dependent only (and δ-Aminolevulinic acid (ALA) test negative) as is H parainfluenzae reported by two laboratories which is not β-haemolytic All other false identifications reported do not exhibit X+V dependency or X- or V-dependency The laboratory reporting Corynebacterium jeikeium should note that this is a gram-positive rod B ureolyticus reported by one laboratory is an anaerobic organism with corroding colonies on agar plates 13 Brucella and Francisella tularensis are slow-growing fastidious organisms (also not XV-dependent) that would not be dispatched in this type of QAP
ITEM 201364C CLERICAL ERROR
Clerical Errors reported in Item 201364C Number labs (71)
No error reported 6
Error first name only (correct) in 4C 60(85)
Error first name only in 4D (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + last name (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + unit number (incorrect) 1
Error last name (incorrect) 2
Table 13 Clerical errors reported
Specimen label Karina DANIELS UN 831248 Paperwork Amelia DANIELS UN 831248
The clerical error was placed in item 201364C Mycobacteriology culture As only 95 participants receive 4C and 4D culture vials and only 71 performed testing this clerical error has not been scored
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 13 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201367ABC MYCOLOGY
7A This item contained Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic] (previously T mentagrophytes) 973 correct to genus level 634 correct to species level (required) The Trichophyton species have undergone extensive reclassification in the last 5 years This is because there exists much phenotypic variation but genetic variation is low Most of the species formerly known as T mentagrophytes are now classified within T interdigitale T mentagrophytes still exists but encompasses only the organism previously known as T quinckeanum (T mentagrophytes var quinckeanum) which is associated with mice T interdigitale is recognised as having two ecological groups the anthropophilic and the zoophilic group with the former T mentagrophytes species falls into the zoophilic group For this item T interdigitale and T mentagrophytes were both marked as correct This newly merged species encompasses a wide range of phenotypes which may or may not be observed for a given specimen Sequencing of the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region is the gold standard for identification using reference strains that are correctly named according to the revised taxonomy Chen et al have published a useful book chapter with phenotypic descriptions and recommendations for molecular identification of the revised Trichophyton species1
7A Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
Figures 7A (i-iii) Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic group] (previously T mentagrophytes) may have [7A(i)] numerous single-celled microconidia often in dense clusters along with smooth thin-walled cigar-shaped multicelled macroconidia Microconidia are hyaline smooth-walled and are predominantly spherical to subspherical in shape however occasional clavate to pyriform forms may occur [7A(ii)] varying numbers of spherical chlamydoconidia and [7A (iii)] spiral hyphae may also be observed The zoophilic form of the species tends to have powdery-granular colonies on Sabouraudrsquos lactritmel and 1 peptone media while the anthropophilic form has suede-downy textured colonies
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
5
6
7
14
1
31
1
5
20
13
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Chrysosporium tropicum
Microsporum gypseum
Microsporum persicolor
Trichophyton equinum
Trichophyton terrestre
Trichophyton erinacei
Trichophyton verrucosum
Trichophyton species
Trichophyton rubrum [Worldwide population]
Trichophyton tonsurans
Trichophyton rubrum
Trichophyton mentagrophytes complex
Trichophyton mentagrophytes
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic] and [zoophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale
Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
13 116
20 179
5 45
1 09
31 277
1 09
14 125
7 63
6 54
5 45
2 18
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7A (i)
7A (ii) 7A (iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 14 Date of issue 13th November 2013
7B Cryptococcus neoformans
82 732
8 71
1 09
1 09
5 45
11 98
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7B This item contained Cryptococcus neoformans 964 correct to genus level 812 correct to species level (required) Cryptococcosis is typically caused by either Cryptococcus neoformans or Cryptococcus gattii although occasionally other Cryptococcus species have been implicated C neoformans typically infects the immunocompromised host frequently in the setting of HIV with gt1 million new cases and~600000 deaths per year globally C neoformans is a yeast-like basidiomycete fungus with a distinctive polysaccharide capsule Differentiation from the closely related C gattii is important Presumptive identification is by India Ink stain to highlight the capsule and birdseed agar to observe dark brown colonies
Figure 7B (i-iii) [7B (i)] India Ink stain highlighting the capsule of C neoformansgattii [7B(ii)] Dark brown colonies of C neoformansgattii mixed with white colonies of Candida albicans on birdseed agar [7B(iii)] Canavanine glycine bromothyol blue (CGB) media for distinguishing C neoformans (left) from C gattii (right)
1
1
1
1
11
5
1
1
8
82
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Unable to identify- refer
Candida (not albicans)
Candida glabrata complex
Candida krusei
Cryptococcus neoformansgattii- unable to speciate
Cryptococcus species
Cryptococcus laurentii
Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii
Cryptococcus neoformans var neoformans
Cryptococcus neoformans
81 of labs correctly reported this isolate as Cryptococcus neoformans While no lab reported C gattii 11 labs were unable to differentiate C neoformans from C gattii Epidemiology risk factors and treatment of infections caused by these species are different and accurate identification is important for effective management All labs should seek to differentiate these species using CGB media a validated molecular method or by referral to a reference laboratory API ID32C and Vitek-2 does not distinguish C neoformans from C gattii These species may be differentiated by a number of DNA-based assays MALDI-ToF and canavanine-glycine-bromothymol blue (CGB) media C neoformans does not grow on CGB media which remains yellow whereas C gattii will grow triggering a blue colour change reaction in the media usually within 3 days It is worth noting that some slow growing C gattii isolates may take as long as 10 days to effect the blue colour change and may initially be mis-identified as C neoformans Nine labs unnecessarily attempted to further identify the C neoformans isolate to variety level either Cn var grubii (serotype A molecular types VNI and VNII) or Cn var neoformans (serotype D molecular type VNIV) It is not clear what methods were used to achieve this varietal identification but 8 of the 9 labs incorrectly reported Cn var neoformans In fact the isolate was confirmed by molecular methods to be Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii molecular type VNI The 8 reports of Cn var neoformans may reflect persistence of the now obsolete classification of Cryptococcus neoformans having two varieties var neoformans and var gattii If it is the normal practice of these labs to report to varietal level it would be worthwhile reviewing methods interpretation and reporting procedures
7B (i) 7B (ii) 7B(iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 15 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Reference item 7
1 Chen SC DH Ellis TC Sorrell and W Meyer Chapter 44 Trichophyton In ldquoMolecular Detection of Human Fungal Pathogensrdquo Dongyou Liu (Ed) CRC Press 2011
All mycology isolates were identified by both conventional and molecular techniques
86 768
9 80
1 09
2 18
3 27
3 27
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
2 18
7C Scedosporium prolificans
This item contained Scedosporium prolificans 875 correct to genus level 768 correct to species level (required) Colonies are rapid growing flat spreading olive-grey to black (the culture may contain a mixture of the colurs depending on the age) and have a suede-like to downy surface texture [7C (i)] Conidia are borne in small groups on distinctive basally swollen flask-shaped annellides which occur singly or in clusters along the vegetative hyphae Conidia are single-celled hyaline to pale-brown ovoid to pyriform 2-5 x 3-13 um (average 34-53 um) in size and have smooth thin walls [7C (ii)] Identification of Scedosporium prolificans to
species level is very important due to its intrinsic resistance to most antifungal drugs It may be distinguished from other members of the genus in particular the human pathogen S apiospermum by its basally swollen (inflated) flask-shaped annellides conidia borne in small groups rather than singly and by not growing on media containing cycloheximide (actidione) DNA sequencing (ITS region) will also definitively identify Scedosporium species Three laboratories reported Sporothrix schenckii which is easily distinguished from Scedosporium spp because it is a dimorphic pathogen with a yeast-like phase when grown at 37degC
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
9
86
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Unable to identify- refer
Chaetomium species
Hortaea werneckii
Ochroconis gallopava
Wangiella species
Exophiala species
Exophiala dermatitidis
Sporothrix schenckii
Scedosporium species
Scedosporium aurantiacum
Scedosporium apiospermum (sensu stricto)
Scedosporium prolificans
7C (i) 7C (ii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 3 Date of issue 13th November 2013
participants successfully used MALDI-TOF MS to correctly identify this isolate Susceptibility Testing Proteus mirabilis This strain of Pmirabilis expresses a plasmid mediated AmpC (PM AmpC) type of β-lactamase This was a clinical isolate sourced from a hospital laboratory south of Sydney The isolate was grown from both the patientrsquos blood cultures and catheter urine The isolate was resistant to ampicillin cephalexin and ceftriaxone but susceptible to cefepime and aztreonam ESBL and MBL phenotypic tests (CDS) were negative When referred to the CDS laboratory for further testing phenotypic tests (showing synergy between boronic acid disc and ceftazidime) suggested high activity plasmid-mediated AmpC cephalosporinase1 Figure 1A illustrates the method used but please note the isolate in image is Ecoli not Pmirabilis The CDS laboratory commented that ldquoDue to its characteristic swarming back into the zone of inhibition around imipenem disc this organism may appear resistant to imipenem with a double zone The testing on MacConkey agar confirms that the organism is susceptible to imipenem with a clear zone of 7 mm It is also clearly susceptible to all other carbapenems ie meropenem ertapenem and doripenemrdquo Nine participants reported imipenem resistance Five were users of the CDS method three used the CLSI standard disk method and one used Vitek2
Forty five participants incorrectly reported the presence of ESBL Thirty nine confirmed or suspected AmpC A further 15 referred to another laboratory for ESBL testing We thank Dr Peter Newton Medical Microbiologist Wollongong Hospital Wollongong NSW for providing this isolate
Pmirabilis
Item 1A
Susceptibilities
(all methods)
Antibiotic S IRS R
Amikacin 76 1 -
AmpicillinAmoxycillin 1 - 230
Augmentin 1 - 234
Cefaclor - - 16
Cefazolin - - 36
Cefepime 23 - 1
Cefotaxime 1 7 62
Cefoxitin 1 - 27
Ceftazidime 20 11 46
Ceftriaxone 18 11 63
Cefuroxime 9 18 37
Cephalexin 1 - 82
Cephalothin 1 - 54
Ciprofloxacin 1 - 113
Cotrimoxazole 26 - 72
Ertapenem 17 - -
Fosfomycin 8 - -
Gentamicin 166 16 35
Imipenem 67 1 9
Levofloxacin - - 13
Meropenem 126 - 2
Nitrofurantoin 5 4 194
Norfloxacin - - 149
Piperacillin - - 7
Piperacillintazobactam 56 2 3
Tetracycline - - 6
Timentin 20 - 12
Tobramycin 1 1 29
Trimethoprim 2 - 182
Table 2 Proteus mirabilis susceptibilities (all methods)
Figure 1A Phenotypic detection using boronic acid discs in an E coli producing a plamid mediated AmpC Synergy between boronic acid discs (blank) and adjacent discs cefotaxime (CTX 5) Augmentin (AMC 60) cephalexin (CL 100) ceftazidime (CAZ 10) Blank disc = 250 microg boronic acid disc2
Reference Item 1A
1 ASM 2013 mdash PowerPoint Presentation Proceedings of the CDS Workshop -Part 2
httpwebmedunsweduaucdstestGTF_CDS_siteWebPagesArchiveASMconferencehtm
2 ASM 2013 mdash PowerPoint Presentation Proceedings of the CDS Workshop -Part 1 Slide 20
httpwebmedunsweduaucdstestGTF_CDS_siteWebPagesArchiveASMconferencehtm
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 4 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201361B
Quality Control This item contained a pure growth of Escherichia coli and passed homogeneity and stability testing with counts remaining above 10 x 1010 CFUL throughout the survey period
Microscopy Homogeneity testing indicated that the white cell count was 10-100 x 106L or gt100 x 106L Both counts have been scored correct The red cell count was 10-100 x 106L There were no epithelial cells added to the sample so lt10 x 106L was the expected result for epithelial cells Ninety five percent reported 10-100 or gt100 x 106L WBC 79 reported 10-100 X 106 RBCL and 98 reported lt10 x 106 epithelial cellsL Comparisons of cell count method versus counts reported are outlined in Table 3
Bacterial counts Two hundred and sixty five participants returned results for this item Where reported 97 reported growth of gt108 CFUL and 99 reported a pure growth
Table 3 Cell counts reported 1B
White1B Red1B Epi1B IQ 200 Manual Omitted U(F) 2000 UF-1 UF-1000(i) Urisys 2400 UX-2000
10-100 10-100 lt10 10 117 8 1 1 4 1 -
gt100 10-100 lt10 4 38 8 - - - - -
10-100 10-100 Not Tested - 2 1 - - - - -
10-100 Not Tested Not Tested 1 1 - - - - - -
gt100 10-100 Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
10-100 lt10 lt10 - 15 3 - - - - -
10-100 lt10 lt10 - 15 3 - - - - -
gt100 gt100 lt10 - 11 2 - - - - 1
10-100 gt100 lt10 1 8 - - - - -
lt10 lt10 lt10 - 7 1 - - - - -
lt10 10-100 lt10 - 1 1 - - - - -
10-100 10-100 10-100 - 1 - - 1 - -
lt10 10-100 Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
lt10 Not Tested lt10 - 1 - - - - -
lt10 Not Tested Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 lt10 lt10 - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 lt10 10-100 - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 gt100 Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 10-100 10-100 - 1 - - - - - -
10-100 lt10 10-100 - 1 - - - - - -
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 5 Date of issue 13th November 2013
IdentificationmdashEscherichia coli
Ninety eight percent of participants correctly reported Escherichia coli for this item The two results of Pmirabilis and the ldquoUnable to identify-referrdquo were transposed results The participant reporting Kpneumoniae used ldquoRapid Onerdquo kit Two other participants used this same kit and reported correctly Eighty five participants reported the use of chromogenic agar Commercial kitssystems were used by 182 participants All kits performed well Thirty five participants used MALDI-TOF with all reporting Ecoli
Ecoli Item 1B Susceptibilities
(all methods)
Antibiotic S IRS R
Amikacin 40 - -
AmpicillinAmoxycillin 233 - 5
Augmentin 217 2 2
Cefaclor 16 - -
Cefazolin 37 - -
Cefepime 12 - -
CefoperzoneSulbactum 1 - -
Cefotaxime 49 - -
Cefoxitin 20 - -
Ceftazidime 54 - -
Ceftriaxone 53 - -
Cefuroxime 56 - -
Cephalexin 93 - 1
Cephalothin 53 3 -
Chloramphenicol 5 - -
Ciprofloxacin 80 - -
Cotrimoxazole 91 - 1
Ertapenem 12 - -
Gentamicin 180 1 -
Imipenem 50 - -
Levofloxacin 13 - -
Meropenem 57 - -
Nalidixic acid 6 - -
Nitrofurantoin 209 - 2
Norfloxacin 133 - 1
Piperacillintazobactam 37 1 -
Polymyxin B 2 - -
Tetracycline 6 - -
Timentin 10 - -
Tobramycin 8 - -
Trimethoprim 191 - 1
Table 4 Escherichia coli susceptibilities (all methods)
1B Escherichia coli
260 981
1 04
2 04
1 04
1 04
1
1
2
1
260
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Sent to Reference Lab
Unable to Identify - Refer
Proteus mirabilis
Klebsiella pneumoniae
Escherichia coli
Susceptibility testingndash Escherichia coli Susceptibility testing was performed well with the majority of participants reporting susceptible to the commonly reported antibiotics for gram-negative urine isolates
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 6 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201362 NOSE SWAB
includes presumptive identifications
ITEM 201362 Nose swab Quality Control This item represented an infection control nose swab containing Methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) and Staphylococcus epidermidis Counts for MRSA remained above 10 x 1010 CFUL throughout the survey Homogeneity and stability testing were satisfactory Culture and identification results Two hundred and forty seven participants returned results with 242 (98) reporting MRSA This isolate was a non multi-resistant MRSA (NMRSA) with a susceptibility pattern as follows Resistant to ampicillin Augmentin cefotaxime cefoxitin cephalothin oxacillin and penicillin susceptible to ciprofloxacin clindamycin erythromycin fusidic acid gentamicin rifampicin and tetracycline Many laboratories screened using chromogenic agars Follow up tests included Gram stain (gram-positive cocci) catalase (positive) DNAase (positive) slidetube coagulase (positive) and conventional susceptibility testing or other method to confirm MRSA Staphylococcus aureus agglutination kits used are shown in Table 5 below Identification kitssystems employed are also shown below in Table 6 Most kitssystems accurately identified S aureus Three laboratories reporting S aureus mentioned that it was MRSA in the comments box One of the four laboratories reporting S aureus (only) reported it oxacillin susceptible in the comments box The other three gave no indication of it being or possibly being MRSA
239 968
3 12
4 16
1 04 1
4
3
239
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Staphylococcus coag negative
Staphylococcus aureus
Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA in comments)
MRSA or Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA)
Most common kits used
Number of users
Biomerieux Slidex Staph 5
Bio-Rad 6
Omega Avipath 2
Oxoid Staphylase 4
Oxoid Staphytect Plus 7
Pastorex Staph Plus 25
Phadebact 9
Prolex Staph 8
Remel BactiStaph 7
Remel Staphaurex (Plus) 20
Table 5 Staphylococcus aureus agglutination kits Table 6 Identification kitssystems
Most common kits used Number of users
API StaphmdashBiomerieux 2
BBL Crystal-BD Gram Positive ID Kit 2
MALDI-TOF Bruker 25
MALDI-TOF VITEK MS 9
Microbact 12S 2
Microscan 1
Phadebact 1
Phoenix 7
RapID Staph Plus 1
SAM-PCR 1
VITEK2 GPmdashBiomerieux 23
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 7 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201363 SKIN SWAB
36 146
109 441
29 117
3 12
24 97
1 04
30 121
8 32
5 20
1 04
1 04
Aeromonas veronii biovar sobria (formally A sobria)
ITEM 201363
Quality Control This item contained the pure isolate Aeromonas veronii bv sobria Homogeneity and stability testing were satisfactory with the bacterial count for the A veronii bv sobria remaining above 41 X 109 CFUL during the 3 week survey period Identification
Two hundred and forty seven participants submitted results with 246 (996) reporting an Aeromonas species The most frequently isolated Aeromonas species of clinical significance in humans are A veronii bv sobria A hydrophila and A caviae1 2 A sobria reported by the majority of participants now refers to the organism originally described by Popoff and Veacuteron in 1976 and is primarily a fish pathogen Aldquosobriardquo that are negative for aesculin hydrolysis salicin KCN L-arabinose and ornithine decarboxylase (ODC) and positive for arginine dihydrolase (ADH) should be designated A veronii bv sobria 2 3 A ichthiosmia reported by one laboratory is identical to A veronii bv sobria using gene sequencing2 A liquefaciens (one laboratory) is exclusively a fish pathogen4 Laboratories identified using Gram stain (gram-negative rods) oxidase reaction (positive) and a variety of identification kitssystems the most commonly used being API 20E (n=49) API 20NE (n=52) MALDI-TOFBruker (n=36) MALDI-TOFVITEK MS (n=10) and VITEK2 GN (n=68)
Susceptibility testing Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
Most discrepancies occurred in the reporting of Augmentin and the carbapenems for this isolate The CDS susceptibility method acknowledges the presence of chromosomally-linked β-lactamases (A1 and A2) in Aeromonas species5678 A1 is an inducible cephalosporinase which is inhibited by aztreonam but not by clavulanic acid and which hydrolyses cephalosporins and cephamycins but not carbapenems (AmpCBush group 1) It is detected by adjacent disc testing in the CDS method (Figure 3a) A2 is a carbapenemase which hydrolyses carbapenems but not cephalosporins or cephamycins It may show heterogeneous expression of resistance and so resistance to imipenem and meropenem may not be detectable by conventional methods unless a heavy inoculum is used 6789 and inaccurate reporting of sensitivity to carbapenems may ensue(Figure 3b) CDS users should report A veronii bv sobria as resistant to both Augmentin and carbapenems and are directed to Table 104a of the current CDS guidelines For CLSI users standard M45-A2 states that ldquointerpretive breakpoints for cefazolin and for ertapenem imipenem and meropenem for the Enterobacteriaceae were voted to be changed by the Subcommittee on Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing subsequent to final approval of this edition of M45 It is anticipated that these modified breakpoints will be adopted for use with Aeromonas spp and Vibrio spp in the next edition of M45 or possibly in a future supplementrdquo10 The CLSI standard inoculum equivalent of 05 McFarland would likely fail to detect carbapenem resistance in Aeromonas species
Antibiotic
Aeromonas veronii bv sobria susceptibilities (all methods)
Susc IntRS Res
Amikacin 42 - 1
AmpicillinAmoxycillin - - 146
Augmentin 28 17 98
Cefazolin 9 - 18
Cefepime 21 - 1
Cefotaxime 51 - 2
Cefoxitin 11 - 1
Ceftazidime 82 - 3
Ceftriaxone 75 - 10
Cefuroxime 43 - -
Cephalexin 6 - 7
Cephalothin 9 - 5
Chloramphenicol 15 - -
Ciprofloxacin 213 - 1
Cotrimoxazole 153 2 3
Gentamicin 198 - 1
Imipenem 25 5 26
Levofloxacin 13 - -
Meropenem 40 2 43
Piperacillin 6 - -
Piperacillintazobactam 44 - 15
Sulphafurazole 8 - -
Tetracycline 29 - -
Timentin 5 - 19
Tobramycin 12 - -
Trimethoprim 19 - 1
Table 7 Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
1
1
5
8
30
1
24
3
29
109
36
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Citrobacter freundii
Aeromonas liquefaciens
Aeromonas hydrophilacaviae
Aeromonas hydrophila group
Aeromonas hydrophila
Aeromonas ichthiosmia
Aeromonas species
Aeromonas veronii
Aeromonas veronii complex
Aeromonas sobria
Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 8 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Figure 3a A hydrophilia with cephalosporinase A1 amp carbapenemase A2 copy South Eastern Area Laboratory Services httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest
Figure 3b A sobria with carbapenemase A2 but lacking cephalosporinase A1 copy South Eastern Area Laboratory Services httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest
References Item 3 1 Parker JL and Shaw JG Aeromonas spp clinical microbiology and disease Journal of infection 201162 109-118 httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0163445310003543bbib10 2 Janda JM and Abbott SL The genus Aeromonas taxonomy pathogenicity and infection Clin Microbiol Rev 201023 35ndash73 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2806660 3 Horneman AJ and Afsar A Aeromonas Ch 38 In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical
microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC 4 Bullock GL The identification and separation of Aeromonas liquefaciens from Pseudomonas fluorescens and related organisms occurring in dis-
eased fish Appl Microbiol 19619 587ndash590 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC1057793 5 Antibiotic susceptibility testing by the CDS method httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest 6 Walsh TR et al Distribution and expression of β-lactamase genes among Aeromonas spp Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy 199740 171ndash
178 httpjacoxfordjournalsorgcontent402171fullpdf 7 Wu C-J et al Distribution and phenotypic and genotypic detection of a metallo-b-lactamase CphA among bacteraemic Aeromonas isolates Jour-
nal of Medical Microbiology 201261 712ndash719 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22322339 8 Aravena-Romaacuten M et al Antimicrobial susceptibilities of Aeromonas strains isolated from clinical and environmental sources to 26 antimicrobial
agents J Med Microbiol 201261 712-9 httpaacasmorgcontent5621110 9 Rossolini GM et al The Aeromonas metallo-β-lactamases genetics enzymology and contribution to drug resistance Microb Drug Resist 1996 2
245-252 httponlineliebertpubcomdoiabs101089mdr19962245
10 CLSI standard A45-A2 Methods for antimicrobial dilution and disk susceptibility testing for infrequently isolated or fastidious bacteria approved guidelinemdashsecond edition August 2010
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 9 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201364ABCD CULTURE AND MICROSCOPY FOR AFB
Reference laboratory report
Culture results C D
Mycobacterium species isolated 59 0
Mycobacterium species not isolated 10 70
Not result reported 2 1
Participant smear results A B
Negative 17 178
1 - 9100 HPF 115 3
10 - 99100 HPF 47 2
1 - 10HPF 4 -
Table 11 Results for mediamethods used for specimen 4C
Table 9 Participant smear results
Table 10 Participant culture results
Table 12 Molecular Diagnostics
Molecular Diagnostics
C D
Mycobacterium TB Complex DNA amplification Positive
13 0
Mycobacterium TB Complex DNA amplification Negative
1 12
No result reported 1 3
Media Total no inoculated
Number positive
BacTALERT amp 3D 9 6
BD BACTEC MGIT 960 System 43 38
BD BBL MGIT 5 3
Brown amp Buckle 3 1
LJ 32 21
LJ Glycerol 6 5
LJ Pyruvate 15 8
LJ Pyruvate Glycerol 4 3
Ogawa 6 2
Other 10 7
Test A B
AFB stain Ziehl Neelsen
Positive 1-9100 HPF
No AFB seen
C D
Culture Bactec MGIT 960 (BD)L-J
Mycobacterium tuberculosis
present
Mycobacterium species absent
Microscopy Results Slides were prepared in this survey using sputum seeded with Mycobacterium tuberculosis H37Ra The sputum used was examined before inoculation with the M tuberculosis strain using a Ziehl-Neelsen stain and tested for M tuberculosis and MAC by molecular methods and found to be negative Smear 4A Slide 4A contained scanty (1-9100HPF) numbers of AFB It was examined by a reference laboratory and a RCPAQAP scientist The three smears examined by the reference laboratory were confirmed positive and contained 4 1 and 3 AFB100HPF Ten randomly selected smears examined by RCPAQAP contained from 4 to 9 AFB100HPF Most laboratories (91 or 92 when transcription errors were included) reported a positive result with the majority (63) reporting 1-9 AFB100 HPF Three transcription errors were apparent among the 17 negative results reported It is recommended these laboratories carefully review their smears Participants are requested to report AFB counts based on acid fast stains rather than on fluorescent stains Smear 4B Smear 4B contained no AFB and this was confirmed by the reference laboratory and 10 smears examined by a RCPAQAP scientist As already mentioned 3 of the 5 laboratories reporting positive results transcribed them in error The other 2 reported positive results in both smears Culture Results Item 4C Sample 4C contained Mycobacterium tuberculosis and organisms representing normal upper respiratory tract flora such as Staphylococcus epidermidis Neisseria subflava and alpha-haemolytic streptococci Of the 69 participants returning a result the majority (86) reported this sample positive Item 4D Sample 4D contained the above upper respiratory organisms only and no Mycobacteria species All participants returning a result reported it negative for Mycobacteria species Molecular Diagnostics Results Fifteen laboratories performed molecular diagnostics for M tuberculosis (14 laboratories returned results on sample 4C and 12 on 4D) Please refer to Table 12 for participant results All methods used are listed below Gene Expert 2 HAIN (MTBDR) 1 HAIN (Mycobacterium CM) 1 Inhouse PCR 3 ProbeTec 2 qPCR 1 Roche Cobas 1 Seegene 1 Taqman 2 Not stated 1
Table 8 4A-D expected results
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 10 Date of issue 13th November 2013
includes presumptive identification(s)
ITEM 201365 ISOLATE FOR IDENTIFICATION
includes presumptive identification(s)
103 475
1 05
72 332
4 18
3 14
2 09
7 32
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
2 09
1 05
1 05
1 05
14 65
Fig 5b H haemolyticus on HBA copy 2013 RCPA QAP
ITEM 201365 Haemophilus haemolyticus This item contained a pure growth of Haemophilus haemolyticus Homogeneity and stability testing for this organism was satisfactory with bacterial counts for the H haemolyticus remaining above 10 x 1010CFUL throughout the survey
This organism represented an isolate from blood culture collected from a patient with endocarditis H haemolyticus is a human commensal of the nasopharynx in some individuals Some authors find its pathogenicity debatable but it has occasionally been implicated in disease 123 Phenotypically and genotypically it is difficult to distinguish from non-typeable H influenzae except for β-haemolysis on blood agar in the case of H haemolyticus 45678 But even this can be an unreliable characteristic as non-haemolytic strains occur and upon repeated sub-culture this trait may disappear 5910 For this reason it has been suggested that H haemolyticus is more commonly misidentified as H influenzae than is recognised5 Like H influenzae H haemolyticus is a fastidious facultative anaerobe XV-dependent oxidase and catalase positive gram-negative coccobacillus
Fig 5a H haemolyticus on Chocolate Agar copy 2013 RCPA QAP
14
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
2
3
4
72
1
103
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Unable to Identify - Refer
Psychrobacter phenylpyruvicus
Pasteurella species
Other
Kingella kingae
Gram negative rod
Francisella tularensis
Corynebacterium jeikeium
Brucella spp
Bacteroides ureolyticus
Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans
Haemophilus species
Haemophilus parainfluenzae
Haemophilus parahaemolyticus
Haemophilus influenzae type B
Haemophilus influenzae
Haemophilus aegyptius
Haemophilus haemolyticus
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 11 Date of issue 13th November 2013
SUMMARY OF PHENOTYPIC AND BIOCHEMICAL RESULTS 811
Phenotypic characteristics
Gram stain Small gram-positive rods and coccobacilli
Motility RT (BHI broth) non-motile
Colonial appearance on Chocolate agar (CA) 24hrs 10mm beige shiny round entire colonies
Colonial appearance on Horse Blood agar (HBA) 24hrs pinpoint translucent shiny round entire colonies
Pigment pale yellow
Haemolysis β (key distinguishing test if apparent) This isolate was haemolytic on HBA
Catalase positive
Oxidase positive
KIA slope NCNC gas negative
Satellitism XV + V - X - Growth conditions
Growth on HBA 35degC in O2 +
Growth on HBA 35degC in CO2 ++
Growth on HBA 35degC in ANO2 +
Growth on CA 35degC 35degC +++
Growth on MacConkey agar no growth Biochemical tests Rapid substrate utilisation
Urease positive
Nitrate positive
Indole negative
Aesculin negative
ADH negative
LDC negative
ODC negative
Glucose positive
Xylose negative
Mannitol negative
Lactose positive (weak) 11
Sucrose negative
Maltose positive (weak) 11 16S rRNA gene analysis by PCR H haemolyticus with a 99 match Although standard genetic testing may be inadequate to distinguish H influenzae and H haemolyticus because of their genetic similarity1012 the demonstration of β-haemolysis on HBA for this isolate supports the PCR findings A few other Haemophilus species are known to display β-haemolysis on blood agar but they are not X and V-dependent 8 Participant results Two hundred and seventeen participants submitted results for this item with 192 (88) correctly identifying to genus level Under half were able to fully speciate The graph on the previous page illustrates participantsrsquo results Some biochemical tests commonly used by participants to identify include catalase (+) oxidase (+) indole (-) urea (+) growth on MacConkey agar (-) and XV-dependency (+) Many participants correctly identifying H haemolyticus observed the β-haemolytic activity of this isolate on blood agar and made note of it in their comments Identification kitssystems used and success rates in the hands of the users are listed below Please note that success rates may have been influenced by the observation (or lack thereof) of β-haemolysis
API NHmdashBiomerieux 1236 (33) correct H influenzae (24)
BBL Crystal-BD NeisseriaHaemophilus ID Kit 22 (100) correct
MALDI-TOF (Bruker ) 423(17) correct Pasteurella species (1) H influenzae (17) gram-negative rod (1)
MALDI-TOF (VITEK MS) 914 (64) correct H influenzae (4) Haemophilus species (1)
Rapid NH 1528 (54) correct Kingella kingae (1) H aegypticus (1) Haemophilus species (2) H influenzae (8) H parainfluenzae (1)
Sequencing 16S rRNA 78 (88) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 GN 56 (83) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 NH 3150 (62) correct Haemophilus species (1) Unable to identify-refer (1) H influenzae (17)
VITEK NHI 45 (80) correct H influenzae (1)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 12 Date of issue 13th November 2013
References Item 5 1 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin
Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
2 Jordan IK et al Genome sequences for five strains of the emerging pathogen Haemophilus haemolyticus J Bacteriol 2011193 5879ndash5880
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3187195
3 Anderson R et al Haemophilus haemolyticus isolates causing clinical disease J Clin Microbiol 201250 2462-5
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22573587
4 Morton DJ et al An invasive Haemophilus haemolyticus isolate J Clin Microbiol 201250 1502ndash1503
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3318549
5 Agrawal A Murphy TF Haemophilus influenzae infections in the H influenzae type b conjugate vaccine era J Clin Microbiol 201149 3728ndash3732
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3209133
6 Kilian M A taxonomic study of the genus Haemophilus with the proposal of a new species J Gen Microbiol 197693 9ndash62
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed772168
7 Kilian M 2005 Genus III Haemophilus Winslow Broadhurst Buchanan Krumweide Rogers and Smith 1917 561 p 883ndash904 In Brenner DJ Krieg NR Staley JT (ed) Bergeyrsquos manual of systematic bacteriology 2nd ed vol 2 Springer New York NY
8 Ledeboer NA Doern GV 2012 Haemophilus In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC
9 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
10 Murphy TF et al Haemophilus haemolyticus a human respiratory tract commensal to be distinguished from Haemophilus influenzae J Infect Dis 2007195 81ndash 89 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed17152011
11 Identification Reference Laboratory Centre for Infectious Diseases and Microbiology ICPMR Westmead Hospital 12 Binks MJ et al Molecular Surveillance of True Nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae An Evaluation of PCR Screening Assays PLOS
httpwwwplosoneorgarticleinfo3Adoi2F1013712Fjournalpone0034083
13 Duerden B Bennet KW and Faulkner J Isolation of Bacteroides ureolyticus (B corrodens) from clinical infections J Clin Pathol 1982 35 309-312 httpjcpbmjcomcontent353309fullpdf
The most common misidentification by participants was H influenzae (35) because of the phenotypicgenetic similarity of the two species and because of the failure of all kitsidentification systems to differentiate between them Reliance on one type of identification system is discouraged and may lead to incorrect identification of some organisms In this instance β-haemolysis on blood agar facilitated an accurate identification if detected however as already noted it may not always be displayed in this species even in primary cultures H parahaemolyticus reported by three laboratories is also β-haemolytic but unlike H haemolyticus it is V-dependent only (and δ-Aminolevulinic acid (ALA) test negative) as is H parainfluenzae reported by two laboratories which is not β-haemolytic All other false identifications reported do not exhibit X+V dependency or X- or V-dependency The laboratory reporting Corynebacterium jeikeium should note that this is a gram-positive rod B ureolyticus reported by one laboratory is an anaerobic organism with corroding colonies on agar plates 13 Brucella and Francisella tularensis are slow-growing fastidious organisms (also not XV-dependent) that would not be dispatched in this type of QAP
ITEM 201364C CLERICAL ERROR
Clerical Errors reported in Item 201364C Number labs (71)
No error reported 6
Error first name only (correct) in 4C 60(85)
Error first name only in 4D (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + last name (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + unit number (incorrect) 1
Error last name (incorrect) 2
Table 13 Clerical errors reported
Specimen label Karina DANIELS UN 831248 Paperwork Amelia DANIELS UN 831248
The clerical error was placed in item 201364C Mycobacteriology culture As only 95 participants receive 4C and 4D culture vials and only 71 performed testing this clerical error has not been scored
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 13 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201367ABC MYCOLOGY
7A This item contained Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic] (previously T mentagrophytes) 973 correct to genus level 634 correct to species level (required) The Trichophyton species have undergone extensive reclassification in the last 5 years This is because there exists much phenotypic variation but genetic variation is low Most of the species formerly known as T mentagrophytes are now classified within T interdigitale T mentagrophytes still exists but encompasses only the organism previously known as T quinckeanum (T mentagrophytes var quinckeanum) which is associated with mice T interdigitale is recognised as having two ecological groups the anthropophilic and the zoophilic group with the former T mentagrophytes species falls into the zoophilic group For this item T interdigitale and T mentagrophytes were both marked as correct This newly merged species encompasses a wide range of phenotypes which may or may not be observed for a given specimen Sequencing of the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region is the gold standard for identification using reference strains that are correctly named according to the revised taxonomy Chen et al have published a useful book chapter with phenotypic descriptions and recommendations for molecular identification of the revised Trichophyton species1
7A Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
Figures 7A (i-iii) Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic group] (previously T mentagrophytes) may have [7A(i)] numerous single-celled microconidia often in dense clusters along with smooth thin-walled cigar-shaped multicelled macroconidia Microconidia are hyaline smooth-walled and are predominantly spherical to subspherical in shape however occasional clavate to pyriform forms may occur [7A(ii)] varying numbers of spherical chlamydoconidia and [7A (iii)] spiral hyphae may also be observed The zoophilic form of the species tends to have powdery-granular colonies on Sabouraudrsquos lactritmel and 1 peptone media while the anthropophilic form has suede-downy textured colonies
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
5
6
7
14
1
31
1
5
20
13
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Chrysosporium tropicum
Microsporum gypseum
Microsporum persicolor
Trichophyton equinum
Trichophyton terrestre
Trichophyton erinacei
Trichophyton verrucosum
Trichophyton species
Trichophyton rubrum [Worldwide population]
Trichophyton tonsurans
Trichophyton rubrum
Trichophyton mentagrophytes complex
Trichophyton mentagrophytes
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic] and [zoophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale
Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
13 116
20 179
5 45
1 09
31 277
1 09
14 125
7 63
6 54
5 45
2 18
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7A (i)
7A (ii) 7A (iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 14 Date of issue 13th November 2013
7B Cryptococcus neoformans
82 732
8 71
1 09
1 09
5 45
11 98
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7B This item contained Cryptococcus neoformans 964 correct to genus level 812 correct to species level (required) Cryptococcosis is typically caused by either Cryptococcus neoformans or Cryptococcus gattii although occasionally other Cryptococcus species have been implicated C neoformans typically infects the immunocompromised host frequently in the setting of HIV with gt1 million new cases and~600000 deaths per year globally C neoformans is a yeast-like basidiomycete fungus with a distinctive polysaccharide capsule Differentiation from the closely related C gattii is important Presumptive identification is by India Ink stain to highlight the capsule and birdseed agar to observe dark brown colonies
Figure 7B (i-iii) [7B (i)] India Ink stain highlighting the capsule of C neoformansgattii [7B(ii)] Dark brown colonies of C neoformansgattii mixed with white colonies of Candida albicans on birdseed agar [7B(iii)] Canavanine glycine bromothyol blue (CGB) media for distinguishing C neoformans (left) from C gattii (right)
1
1
1
1
11
5
1
1
8
82
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Unable to identify- refer
Candida (not albicans)
Candida glabrata complex
Candida krusei
Cryptococcus neoformansgattii- unable to speciate
Cryptococcus species
Cryptococcus laurentii
Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii
Cryptococcus neoformans var neoformans
Cryptococcus neoformans
81 of labs correctly reported this isolate as Cryptococcus neoformans While no lab reported C gattii 11 labs were unable to differentiate C neoformans from C gattii Epidemiology risk factors and treatment of infections caused by these species are different and accurate identification is important for effective management All labs should seek to differentiate these species using CGB media a validated molecular method or by referral to a reference laboratory API ID32C and Vitek-2 does not distinguish C neoformans from C gattii These species may be differentiated by a number of DNA-based assays MALDI-ToF and canavanine-glycine-bromothymol blue (CGB) media C neoformans does not grow on CGB media which remains yellow whereas C gattii will grow triggering a blue colour change reaction in the media usually within 3 days It is worth noting that some slow growing C gattii isolates may take as long as 10 days to effect the blue colour change and may initially be mis-identified as C neoformans Nine labs unnecessarily attempted to further identify the C neoformans isolate to variety level either Cn var grubii (serotype A molecular types VNI and VNII) or Cn var neoformans (serotype D molecular type VNIV) It is not clear what methods were used to achieve this varietal identification but 8 of the 9 labs incorrectly reported Cn var neoformans In fact the isolate was confirmed by molecular methods to be Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii molecular type VNI The 8 reports of Cn var neoformans may reflect persistence of the now obsolete classification of Cryptococcus neoformans having two varieties var neoformans and var gattii If it is the normal practice of these labs to report to varietal level it would be worthwhile reviewing methods interpretation and reporting procedures
7B (i) 7B (ii) 7B(iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 15 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Reference item 7
1 Chen SC DH Ellis TC Sorrell and W Meyer Chapter 44 Trichophyton In ldquoMolecular Detection of Human Fungal Pathogensrdquo Dongyou Liu (Ed) CRC Press 2011
All mycology isolates were identified by both conventional and molecular techniques
86 768
9 80
1 09
2 18
3 27
3 27
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
2 18
7C Scedosporium prolificans
This item contained Scedosporium prolificans 875 correct to genus level 768 correct to species level (required) Colonies are rapid growing flat spreading olive-grey to black (the culture may contain a mixture of the colurs depending on the age) and have a suede-like to downy surface texture [7C (i)] Conidia are borne in small groups on distinctive basally swollen flask-shaped annellides which occur singly or in clusters along the vegetative hyphae Conidia are single-celled hyaline to pale-brown ovoid to pyriform 2-5 x 3-13 um (average 34-53 um) in size and have smooth thin walls [7C (ii)] Identification of Scedosporium prolificans to
species level is very important due to its intrinsic resistance to most antifungal drugs It may be distinguished from other members of the genus in particular the human pathogen S apiospermum by its basally swollen (inflated) flask-shaped annellides conidia borne in small groups rather than singly and by not growing on media containing cycloheximide (actidione) DNA sequencing (ITS region) will also definitively identify Scedosporium species Three laboratories reported Sporothrix schenckii which is easily distinguished from Scedosporium spp because it is a dimorphic pathogen with a yeast-like phase when grown at 37degC
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
9
86
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Unable to identify- refer
Chaetomium species
Hortaea werneckii
Ochroconis gallopava
Wangiella species
Exophiala species
Exophiala dermatitidis
Sporothrix schenckii
Scedosporium species
Scedosporium aurantiacum
Scedosporium apiospermum (sensu stricto)
Scedosporium prolificans
7C (i) 7C (ii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 4 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201361B
Quality Control This item contained a pure growth of Escherichia coli and passed homogeneity and stability testing with counts remaining above 10 x 1010 CFUL throughout the survey period
Microscopy Homogeneity testing indicated that the white cell count was 10-100 x 106L or gt100 x 106L Both counts have been scored correct The red cell count was 10-100 x 106L There were no epithelial cells added to the sample so lt10 x 106L was the expected result for epithelial cells Ninety five percent reported 10-100 or gt100 x 106L WBC 79 reported 10-100 X 106 RBCL and 98 reported lt10 x 106 epithelial cellsL Comparisons of cell count method versus counts reported are outlined in Table 3
Bacterial counts Two hundred and sixty five participants returned results for this item Where reported 97 reported growth of gt108 CFUL and 99 reported a pure growth
Table 3 Cell counts reported 1B
White1B Red1B Epi1B IQ 200 Manual Omitted U(F) 2000 UF-1 UF-1000(i) Urisys 2400 UX-2000
10-100 10-100 lt10 10 117 8 1 1 4 1 -
gt100 10-100 lt10 4 38 8 - - - - -
10-100 10-100 Not Tested - 2 1 - - - - -
10-100 Not Tested Not Tested 1 1 - - - - - -
gt100 10-100 Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
10-100 lt10 lt10 - 15 3 - - - - -
10-100 lt10 lt10 - 15 3 - - - - -
gt100 gt100 lt10 - 11 2 - - - - 1
10-100 gt100 lt10 1 8 - - - - -
lt10 lt10 lt10 - 7 1 - - - - -
lt10 10-100 lt10 - 1 1 - - - - -
10-100 10-100 10-100 - 1 - - 1 - -
lt10 10-100 Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
lt10 Not Tested lt10 - 1 - - - - -
lt10 Not Tested Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 lt10 lt10 - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 lt10 10-100 - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 gt100 Not Tested - 1 - - - - - -
gt100 10-100 10-100 - 1 - - - - - -
10-100 lt10 10-100 - 1 - - - - - -
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 5 Date of issue 13th November 2013
IdentificationmdashEscherichia coli
Ninety eight percent of participants correctly reported Escherichia coli for this item The two results of Pmirabilis and the ldquoUnable to identify-referrdquo were transposed results The participant reporting Kpneumoniae used ldquoRapid Onerdquo kit Two other participants used this same kit and reported correctly Eighty five participants reported the use of chromogenic agar Commercial kitssystems were used by 182 participants All kits performed well Thirty five participants used MALDI-TOF with all reporting Ecoli
Ecoli Item 1B Susceptibilities
(all methods)
Antibiotic S IRS R
Amikacin 40 - -
AmpicillinAmoxycillin 233 - 5
Augmentin 217 2 2
Cefaclor 16 - -
Cefazolin 37 - -
Cefepime 12 - -
CefoperzoneSulbactum 1 - -
Cefotaxime 49 - -
Cefoxitin 20 - -
Ceftazidime 54 - -
Ceftriaxone 53 - -
Cefuroxime 56 - -
Cephalexin 93 - 1
Cephalothin 53 3 -
Chloramphenicol 5 - -
Ciprofloxacin 80 - -
Cotrimoxazole 91 - 1
Ertapenem 12 - -
Gentamicin 180 1 -
Imipenem 50 - -
Levofloxacin 13 - -
Meropenem 57 - -
Nalidixic acid 6 - -
Nitrofurantoin 209 - 2
Norfloxacin 133 - 1
Piperacillintazobactam 37 1 -
Polymyxin B 2 - -
Tetracycline 6 - -
Timentin 10 - -
Tobramycin 8 - -
Trimethoprim 191 - 1
Table 4 Escherichia coli susceptibilities (all methods)
1B Escherichia coli
260 981
1 04
2 04
1 04
1 04
1
1
2
1
260
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Sent to Reference Lab
Unable to Identify - Refer
Proteus mirabilis
Klebsiella pneumoniae
Escherichia coli
Susceptibility testingndash Escherichia coli Susceptibility testing was performed well with the majority of participants reporting susceptible to the commonly reported antibiotics for gram-negative urine isolates
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 6 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201362 NOSE SWAB
includes presumptive identifications
ITEM 201362 Nose swab Quality Control This item represented an infection control nose swab containing Methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) and Staphylococcus epidermidis Counts for MRSA remained above 10 x 1010 CFUL throughout the survey Homogeneity and stability testing were satisfactory Culture and identification results Two hundred and forty seven participants returned results with 242 (98) reporting MRSA This isolate was a non multi-resistant MRSA (NMRSA) with a susceptibility pattern as follows Resistant to ampicillin Augmentin cefotaxime cefoxitin cephalothin oxacillin and penicillin susceptible to ciprofloxacin clindamycin erythromycin fusidic acid gentamicin rifampicin and tetracycline Many laboratories screened using chromogenic agars Follow up tests included Gram stain (gram-positive cocci) catalase (positive) DNAase (positive) slidetube coagulase (positive) and conventional susceptibility testing or other method to confirm MRSA Staphylococcus aureus agglutination kits used are shown in Table 5 below Identification kitssystems employed are also shown below in Table 6 Most kitssystems accurately identified S aureus Three laboratories reporting S aureus mentioned that it was MRSA in the comments box One of the four laboratories reporting S aureus (only) reported it oxacillin susceptible in the comments box The other three gave no indication of it being or possibly being MRSA
239 968
3 12
4 16
1 04 1
4
3
239
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Staphylococcus coag negative
Staphylococcus aureus
Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA in comments)
MRSA or Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA)
Most common kits used
Number of users
Biomerieux Slidex Staph 5
Bio-Rad 6
Omega Avipath 2
Oxoid Staphylase 4
Oxoid Staphytect Plus 7
Pastorex Staph Plus 25
Phadebact 9
Prolex Staph 8
Remel BactiStaph 7
Remel Staphaurex (Plus) 20
Table 5 Staphylococcus aureus agglutination kits Table 6 Identification kitssystems
Most common kits used Number of users
API StaphmdashBiomerieux 2
BBL Crystal-BD Gram Positive ID Kit 2
MALDI-TOF Bruker 25
MALDI-TOF VITEK MS 9
Microbact 12S 2
Microscan 1
Phadebact 1
Phoenix 7
RapID Staph Plus 1
SAM-PCR 1
VITEK2 GPmdashBiomerieux 23
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 7 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201363 SKIN SWAB
36 146
109 441
29 117
3 12
24 97
1 04
30 121
8 32
5 20
1 04
1 04
Aeromonas veronii biovar sobria (formally A sobria)
ITEM 201363
Quality Control This item contained the pure isolate Aeromonas veronii bv sobria Homogeneity and stability testing were satisfactory with the bacterial count for the A veronii bv sobria remaining above 41 X 109 CFUL during the 3 week survey period Identification
Two hundred and forty seven participants submitted results with 246 (996) reporting an Aeromonas species The most frequently isolated Aeromonas species of clinical significance in humans are A veronii bv sobria A hydrophila and A caviae1 2 A sobria reported by the majority of participants now refers to the organism originally described by Popoff and Veacuteron in 1976 and is primarily a fish pathogen Aldquosobriardquo that are negative for aesculin hydrolysis salicin KCN L-arabinose and ornithine decarboxylase (ODC) and positive for arginine dihydrolase (ADH) should be designated A veronii bv sobria 2 3 A ichthiosmia reported by one laboratory is identical to A veronii bv sobria using gene sequencing2 A liquefaciens (one laboratory) is exclusively a fish pathogen4 Laboratories identified using Gram stain (gram-negative rods) oxidase reaction (positive) and a variety of identification kitssystems the most commonly used being API 20E (n=49) API 20NE (n=52) MALDI-TOFBruker (n=36) MALDI-TOFVITEK MS (n=10) and VITEK2 GN (n=68)
Susceptibility testing Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
Most discrepancies occurred in the reporting of Augmentin and the carbapenems for this isolate The CDS susceptibility method acknowledges the presence of chromosomally-linked β-lactamases (A1 and A2) in Aeromonas species5678 A1 is an inducible cephalosporinase which is inhibited by aztreonam but not by clavulanic acid and which hydrolyses cephalosporins and cephamycins but not carbapenems (AmpCBush group 1) It is detected by adjacent disc testing in the CDS method (Figure 3a) A2 is a carbapenemase which hydrolyses carbapenems but not cephalosporins or cephamycins It may show heterogeneous expression of resistance and so resistance to imipenem and meropenem may not be detectable by conventional methods unless a heavy inoculum is used 6789 and inaccurate reporting of sensitivity to carbapenems may ensue(Figure 3b) CDS users should report A veronii bv sobria as resistant to both Augmentin and carbapenems and are directed to Table 104a of the current CDS guidelines For CLSI users standard M45-A2 states that ldquointerpretive breakpoints for cefazolin and for ertapenem imipenem and meropenem for the Enterobacteriaceae were voted to be changed by the Subcommittee on Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing subsequent to final approval of this edition of M45 It is anticipated that these modified breakpoints will be adopted for use with Aeromonas spp and Vibrio spp in the next edition of M45 or possibly in a future supplementrdquo10 The CLSI standard inoculum equivalent of 05 McFarland would likely fail to detect carbapenem resistance in Aeromonas species
Antibiotic
Aeromonas veronii bv sobria susceptibilities (all methods)
Susc IntRS Res
Amikacin 42 - 1
AmpicillinAmoxycillin - - 146
Augmentin 28 17 98
Cefazolin 9 - 18
Cefepime 21 - 1
Cefotaxime 51 - 2
Cefoxitin 11 - 1
Ceftazidime 82 - 3
Ceftriaxone 75 - 10
Cefuroxime 43 - -
Cephalexin 6 - 7
Cephalothin 9 - 5
Chloramphenicol 15 - -
Ciprofloxacin 213 - 1
Cotrimoxazole 153 2 3
Gentamicin 198 - 1
Imipenem 25 5 26
Levofloxacin 13 - -
Meropenem 40 2 43
Piperacillin 6 - -
Piperacillintazobactam 44 - 15
Sulphafurazole 8 - -
Tetracycline 29 - -
Timentin 5 - 19
Tobramycin 12 - -
Trimethoprim 19 - 1
Table 7 Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
1
1
5
8
30
1
24
3
29
109
36
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Citrobacter freundii
Aeromonas liquefaciens
Aeromonas hydrophilacaviae
Aeromonas hydrophila group
Aeromonas hydrophila
Aeromonas ichthiosmia
Aeromonas species
Aeromonas veronii
Aeromonas veronii complex
Aeromonas sobria
Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 8 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Figure 3a A hydrophilia with cephalosporinase A1 amp carbapenemase A2 copy South Eastern Area Laboratory Services httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest
Figure 3b A sobria with carbapenemase A2 but lacking cephalosporinase A1 copy South Eastern Area Laboratory Services httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest
References Item 3 1 Parker JL and Shaw JG Aeromonas spp clinical microbiology and disease Journal of infection 201162 109-118 httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0163445310003543bbib10 2 Janda JM and Abbott SL The genus Aeromonas taxonomy pathogenicity and infection Clin Microbiol Rev 201023 35ndash73 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2806660 3 Horneman AJ and Afsar A Aeromonas Ch 38 In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical
microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC 4 Bullock GL The identification and separation of Aeromonas liquefaciens from Pseudomonas fluorescens and related organisms occurring in dis-
eased fish Appl Microbiol 19619 587ndash590 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC1057793 5 Antibiotic susceptibility testing by the CDS method httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest 6 Walsh TR et al Distribution and expression of β-lactamase genes among Aeromonas spp Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy 199740 171ndash
178 httpjacoxfordjournalsorgcontent402171fullpdf 7 Wu C-J et al Distribution and phenotypic and genotypic detection of a metallo-b-lactamase CphA among bacteraemic Aeromonas isolates Jour-
nal of Medical Microbiology 201261 712ndash719 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22322339 8 Aravena-Romaacuten M et al Antimicrobial susceptibilities of Aeromonas strains isolated from clinical and environmental sources to 26 antimicrobial
agents J Med Microbiol 201261 712-9 httpaacasmorgcontent5621110 9 Rossolini GM et al The Aeromonas metallo-β-lactamases genetics enzymology and contribution to drug resistance Microb Drug Resist 1996 2
245-252 httponlineliebertpubcomdoiabs101089mdr19962245
10 CLSI standard A45-A2 Methods for antimicrobial dilution and disk susceptibility testing for infrequently isolated or fastidious bacteria approved guidelinemdashsecond edition August 2010
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 9 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201364ABCD CULTURE AND MICROSCOPY FOR AFB
Reference laboratory report
Culture results C D
Mycobacterium species isolated 59 0
Mycobacterium species not isolated 10 70
Not result reported 2 1
Participant smear results A B
Negative 17 178
1 - 9100 HPF 115 3
10 - 99100 HPF 47 2
1 - 10HPF 4 -
Table 11 Results for mediamethods used for specimen 4C
Table 9 Participant smear results
Table 10 Participant culture results
Table 12 Molecular Diagnostics
Molecular Diagnostics
C D
Mycobacterium TB Complex DNA amplification Positive
13 0
Mycobacterium TB Complex DNA amplification Negative
1 12
No result reported 1 3
Media Total no inoculated
Number positive
BacTALERT amp 3D 9 6
BD BACTEC MGIT 960 System 43 38
BD BBL MGIT 5 3
Brown amp Buckle 3 1
LJ 32 21
LJ Glycerol 6 5
LJ Pyruvate 15 8
LJ Pyruvate Glycerol 4 3
Ogawa 6 2
Other 10 7
Test A B
AFB stain Ziehl Neelsen
Positive 1-9100 HPF
No AFB seen
C D
Culture Bactec MGIT 960 (BD)L-J
Mycobacterium tuberculosis
present
Mycobacterium species absent
Microscopy Results Slides were prepared in this survey using sputum seeded with Mycobacterium tuberculosis H37Ra The sputum used was examined before inoculation with the M tuberculosis strain using a Ziehl-Neelsen stain and tested for M tuberculosis and MAC by molecular methods and found to be negative Smear 4A Slide 4A contained scanty (1-9100HPF) numbers of AFB It was examined by a reference laboratory and a RCPAQAP scientist The three smears examined by the reference laboratory were confirmed positive and contained 4 1 and 3 AFB100HPF Ten randomly selected smears examined by RCPAQAP contained from 4 to 9 AFB100HPF Most laboratories (91 or 92 when transcription errors were included) reported a positive result with the majority (63) reporting 1-9 AFB100 HPF Three transcription errors were apparent among the 17 negative results reported It is recommended these laboratories carefully review their smears Participants are requested to report AFB counts based on acid fast stains rather than on fluorescent stains Smear 4B Smear 4B contained no AFB and this was confirmed by the reference laboratory and 10 smears examined by a RCPAQAP scientist As already mentioned 3 of the 5 laboratories reporting positive results transcribed them in error The other 2 reported positive results in both smears Culture Results Item 4C Sample 4C contained Mycobacterium tuberculosis and organisms representing normal upper respiratory tract flora such as Staphylococcus epidermidis Neisseria subflava and alpha-haemolytic streptococci Of the 69 participants returning a result the majority (86) reported this sample positive Item 4D Sample 4D contained the above upper respiratory organisms only and no Mycobacteria species All participants returning a result reported it negative for Mycobacteria species Molecular Diagnostics Results Fifteen laboratories performed molecular diagnostics for M tuberculosis (14 laboratories returned results on sample 4C and 12 on 4D) Please refer to Table 12 for participant results All methods used are listed below Gene Expert 2 HAIN (MTBDR) 1 HAIN (Mycobacterium CM) 1 Inhouse PCR 3 ProbeTec 2 qPCR 1 Roche Cobas 1 Seegene 1 Taqman 2 Not stated 1
Table 8 4A-D expected results
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 10 Date of issue 13th November 2013
includes presumptive identification(s)
ITEM 201365 ISOLATE FOR IDENTIFICATION
includes presumptive identification(s)
103 475
1 05
72 332
4 18
3 14
2 09
7 32
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
2 09
1 05
1 05
1 05
14 65
Fig 5b H haemolyticus on HBA copy 2013 RCPA QAP
ITEM 201365 Haemophilus haemolyticus This item contained a pure growth of Haemophilus haemolyticus Homogeneity and stability testing for this organism was satisfactory with bacterial counts for the H haemolyticus remaining above 10 x 1010CFUL throughout the survey
This organism represented an isolate from blood culture collected from a patient with endocarditis H haemolyticus is a human commensal of the nasopharynx in some individuals Some authors find its pathogenicity debatable but it has occasionally been implicated in disease 123 Phenotypically and genotypically it is difficult to distinguish from non-typeable H influenzae except for β-haemolysis on blood agar in the case of H haemolyticus 45678 But even this can be an unreliable characteristic as non-haemolytic strains occur and upon repeated sub-culture this trait may disappear 5910 For this reason it has been suggested that H haemolyticus is more commonly misidentified as H influenzae than is recognised5 Like H influenzae H haemolyticus is a fastidious facultative anaerobe XV-dependent oxidase and catalase positive gram-negative coccobacillus
Fig 5a H haemolyticus on Chocolate Agar copy 2013 RCPA QAP
14
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
2
3
4
72
1
103
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Unable to Identify - Refer
Psychrobacter phenylpyruvicus
Pasteurella species
Other
Kingella kingae
Gram negative rod
Francisella tularensis
Corynebacterium jeikeium
Brucella spp
Bacteroides ureolyticus
Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans
Haemophilus species
Haemophilus parainfluenzae
Haemophilus parahaemolyticus
Haemophilus influenzae type B
Haemophilus influenzae
Haemophilus aegyptius
Haemophilus haemolyticus
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 11 Date of issue 13th November 2013
SUMMARY OF PHENOTYPIC AND BIOCHEMICAL RESULTS 811
Phenotypic characteristics
Gram stain Small gram-positive rods and coccobacilli
Motility RT (BHI broth) non-motile
Colonial appearance on Chocolate agar (CA) 24hrs 10mm beige shiny round entire colonies
Colonial appearance on Horse Blood agar (HBA) 24hrs pinpoint translucent shiny round entire colonies
Pigment pale yellow
Haemolysis β (key distinguishing test if apparent) This isolate was haemolytic on HBA
Catalase positive
Oxidase positive
KIA slope NCNC gas negative
Satellitism XV + V - X - Growth conditions
Growth on HBA 35degC in O2 +
Growth on HBA 35degC in CO2 ++
Growth on HBA 35degC in ANO2 +
Growth on CA 35degC 35degC +++
Growth on MacConkey agar no growth Biochemical tests Rapid substrate utilisation
Urease positive
Nitrate positive
Indole negative
Aesculin negative
ADH negative
LDC negative
ODC negative
Glucose positive
Xylose negative
Mannitol negative
Lactose positive (weak) 11
Sucrose negative
Maltose positive (weak) 11 16S rRNA gene analysis by PCR H haemolyticus with a 99 match Although standard genetic testing may be inadequate to distinguish H influenzae and H haemolyticus because of their genetic similarity1012 the demonstration of β-haemolysis on HBA for this isolate supports the PCR findings A few other Haemophilus species are known to display β-haemolysis on blood agar but they are not X and V-dependent 8 Participant results Two hundred and seventeen participants submitted results for this item with 192 (88) correctly identifying to genus level Under half were able to fully speciate The graph on the previous page illustrates participantsrsquo results Some biochemical tests commonly used by participants to identify include catalase (+) oxidase (+) indole (-) urea (+) growth on MacConkey agar (-) and XV-dependency (+) Many participants correctly identifying H haemolyticus observed the β-haemolytic activity of this isolate on blood agar and made note of it in their comments Identification kitssystems used and success rates in the hands of the users are listed below Please note that success rates may have been influenced by the observation (or lack thereof) of β-haemolysis
API NHmdashBiomerieux 1236 (33) correct H influenzae (24)
BBL Crystal-BD NeisseriaHaemophilus ID Kit 22 (100) correct
MALDI-TOF (Bruker ) 423(17) correct Pasteurella species (1) H influenzae (17) gram-negative rod (1)
MALDI-TOF (VITEK MS) 914 (64) correct H influenzae (4) Haemophilus species (1)
Rapid NH 1528 (54) correct Kingella kingae (1) H aegypticus (1) Haemophilus species (2) H influenzae (8) H parainfluenzae (1)
Sequencing 16S rRNA 78 (88) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 GN 56 (83) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 NH 3150 (62) correct Haemophilus species (1) Unable to identify-refer (1) H influenzae (17)
VITEK NHI 45 (80) correct H influenzae (1)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 12 Date of issue 13th November 2013
References Item 5 1 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin
Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
2 Jordan IK et al Genome sequences for five strains of the emerging pathogen Haemophilus haemolyticus J Bacteriol 2011193 5879ndash5880
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3187195
3 Anderson R et al Haemophilus haemolyticus isolates causing clinical disease J Clin Microbiol 201250 2462-5
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22573587
4 Morton DJ et al An invasive Haemophilus haemolyticus isolate J Clin Microbiol 201250 1502ndash1503
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3318549
5 Agrawal A Murphy TF Haemophilus influenzae infections in the H influenzae type b conjugate vaccine era J Clin Microbiol 201149 3728ndash3732
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3209133
6 Kilian M A taxonomic study of the genus Haemophilus with the proposal of a new species J Gen Microbiol 197693 9ndash62
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed772168
7 Kilian M 2005 Genus III Haemophilus Winslow Broadhurst Buchanan Krumweide Rogers and Smith 1917 561 p 883ndash904 In Brenner DJ Krieg NR Staley JT (ed) Bergeyrsquos manual of systematic bacteriology 2nd ed vol 2 Springer New York NY
8 Ledeboer NA Doern GV 2012 Haemophilus In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC
9 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
10 Murphy TF et al Haemophilus haemolyticus a human respiratory tract commensal to be distinguished from Haemophilus influenzae J Infect Dis 2007195 81ndash 89 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed17152011
11 Identification Reference Laboratory Centre for Infectious Diseases and Microbiology ICPMR Westmead Hospital 12 Binks MJ et al Molecular Surveillance of True Nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae An Evaluation of PCR Screening Assays PLOS
httpwwwplosoneorgarticleinfo3Adoi2F1013712Fjournalpone0034083
13 Duerden B Bennet KW and Faulkner J Isolation of Bacteroides ureolyticus (B corrodens) from clinical infections J Clin Pathol 1982 35 309-312 httpjcpbmjcomcontent353309fullpdf
The most common misidentification by participants was H influenzae (35) because of the phenotypicgenetic similarity of the two species and because of the failure of all kitsidentification systems to differentiate between them Reliance on one type of identification system is discouraged and may lead to incorrect identification of some organisms In this instance β-haemolysis on blood agar facilitated an accurate identification if detected however as already noted it may not always be displayed in this species even in primary cultures H parahaemolyticus reported by three laboratories is also β-haemolytic but unlike H haemolyticus it is V-dependent only (and δ-Aminolevulinic acid (ALA) test negative) as is H parainfluenzae reported by two laboratories which is not β-haemolytic All other false identifications reported do not exhibit X+V dependency or X- or V-dependency The laboratory reporting Corynebacterium jeikeium should note that this is a gram-positive rod B ureolyticus reported by one laboratory is an anaerobic organism with corroding colonies on agar plates 13 Brucella and Francisella tularensis are slow-growing fastidious organisms (also not XV-dependent) that would not be dispatched in this type of QAP
ITEM 201364C CLERICAL ERROR
Clerical Errors reported in Item 201364C Number labs (71)
No error reported 6
Error first name only (correct) in 4C 60(85)
Error first name only in 4D (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + last name (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + unit number (incorrect) 1
Error last name (incorrect) 2
Table 13 Clerical errors reported
Specimen label Karina DANIELS UN 831248 Paperwork Amelia DANIELS UN 831248
The clerical error was placed in item 201364C Mycobacteriology culture As only 95 participants receive 4C and 4D culture vials and only 71 performed testing this clerical error has not been scored
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 13 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201367ABC MYCOLOGY
7A This item contained Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic] (previously T mentagrophytes) 973 correct to genus level 634 correct to species level (required) The Trichophyton species have undergone extensive reclassification in the last 5 years This is because there exists much phenotypic variation but genetic variation is low Most of the species formerly known as T mentagrophytes are now classified within T interdigitale T mentagrophytes still exists but encompasses only the organism previously known as T quinckeanum (T mentagrophytes var quinckeanum) which is associated with mice T interdigitale is recognised as having two ecological groups the anthropophilic and the zoophilic group with the former T mentagrophytes species falls into the zoophilic group For this item T interdigitale and T mentagrophytes were both marked as correct This newly merged species encompasses a wide range of phenotypes which may or may not be observed for a given specimen Sequencing of the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region is the gold standard for identification using reference strains that are correctly named according to the revised taxonomy Chen et al have published a useful book chapter with phenotypic descriptions and recommendations for molecular identification of the revised Trichophyton species1
7A Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
Figures 7A (i-iii) Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic group] (previously T mentagrophytes) may have [7A(i)] numerous single-celled microconidia often in dense clusters along with smooth thin-walled cigar-shaped multicelled macroconidia Microconidia are hyaline smooth-walled and are predominantly spherical to subspherical in shape however occasional clavate to pyriform forms may occur [7A(ii)] varying numbers of spherical chlamydoconidia and [7A (iii)] spiral hyphae may also be observed The zoophilic form of the species tends to have powdery-granular colonies on Sabouraudrsquos lactritmel and 1 peptone media while the anthropophilic form has suede-downy textured colonies
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
5
6
7
14
1
31
1
5
20
13
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Chrysosporium tropicum
Microsporum gypseum
Microsporum persicolor
Trichophyton equinum
Trichophyton terrestre
Trichophyton erinacei
Trichophyton verrucosum
Trichophyton species
Trichophyton rubrum [Worldwide population]
Trichophyton tonsurans
Trichophyton rubrum
Trichophyton mentagrophytes complex
Trichophyton mentagrophytes
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic] and [zoophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale
Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
13 116
20 179
5 45
1 09
31 277
1 09
14 125
7 63
6 54
5 45
2 18
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7A (i)
7A (ii) 7A (iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 14 Date of issue 13th November 2013
7B Cryptococcus neoformans
82 732
8 71
1 09
1 09
5 45
11 98
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7B This item contained Cryptococcus neoformans 964 correct to genus level 812 correct to species level (required) Cryptococcosis is typically caused by either Cryptococcus neoformans or Cryptococcus gattii although occasionally other Cryptococcus species have been implicated C neoformans typically infects the immunocompromised host frequently in the setting of HIV with gt1 million new cases and~600000 deaths per year globally C neoformans is a yeast-like basidiomycete fungus with a distinctive polysaccharide capsule Differentiation from the closely related C gattii is important Presumptive identification is by India Ink stain to highlight the capsule and birdseed agar to observe dark brown colonies
Figure 7B (i-iii) [7B (i)] India Ink stain highlighting the capsule of C neoformansgattii [7B(ii)] Dark brown colonies of C neoformansgattii mixed with white colonies of Candida albicans on birdseed agar [7B(iii)] Canavanine glycine bromothyol blue (CGB) media for distinguishing C neoformans (left) from C gattii (right)
1
1
1
1
11
5
1
1
8
82
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Unable to identify- refer
Candida (not albicans)
Candida glabrata complex
Candida krusei
Cryptococcus neoformansgattii- unable to speciate
Cryptococcus species
Cryptococcus laurentii
Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii
Cryptococcus neoformans var neoformans
Cryptococcus neoformans
81 of labs correctly reported this isolate as Cryptococcus neoformans While no lab reported C gattii 11 labs were unable to differentiate C neoformans from C gattii Epidemiology risk factors and treatment of infections caused by these species are different and accurate identification is important for effective management All labs should seek to differentiate these species using CGB media a validated molecular method or by referral to a reference laboratory API ID32C and Vitek-2 does not distinguish C neoformans from C gattii These species may be differentiated by a number of DNA-based assays MALDI-ToF and canavanine-glycine-bromothymol blue (CGB) media C neoformans does not grow on CGB media which remains yellow whereas C gattii will grow triggering a blue colour change reaction in the media usually within 3 days It is worth noting that some slow growing C gattii isolates may take as long as 10 days to effect the blue colour change and may initially be mis-identified as C neoformans Nine labs unnecessarily attempted to further identify the C neoformans isolate to variety level either Cn var grubii (serotype A molecular types VNI and VNII) or Cn var neoformans (serotype D molecular type VNIV) It is not clear what methods were used to achieve this varietal identification but 8 of the 9 labs incorrectly reported Cn var neoformans In fact the isolate was confirmed by molecular methods to be Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii molecular type VNI The 8 reports of Cn var neoformans may reflect persistence of the now obsolete classification of Cryptococcus neoformans having two varieties var neoformans and var gattii If it is the normal practice of these labs to report to varietal level it would be worthwhile reviewing methods interpretation and reporting procedures
7B (i) 7B (ii) 7B(iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 15 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Reference item 7
1 Chen SC DH Ellis TC Sorrell and W Meyer Chapter 44 Trichophyton In ldquoMolecular Detection of Human Fungal Pathogensrdquo Dongyou Liu (Ed) CRC Press 2011
All mycology isolates were identified by both conventional and molecular techniques
86 768
9 80
1 09
2 18
3 27
3 27
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
2 18
7C Scedosporium prolificans
This item contained Scedosporium prolificans 875 correct to genus level 768 correct to species level (required) Colonies are rapid growing flat spreading olive-grey to black (the culture may contain a mixture of the colurs depending on the age) and have a suede-like to downy surface texture [7C (i)] Conidia are borne in small groups on distinctive basally swollen flask-shaped annellides which occur singly or in clusters along the vegetative hyphae Conidia are single-celled hyaline to pale-brown ovoid to pyriform 2-5 x 3-13 um (average 34-53 um) in size and have smooth thin walls [7C (ii)] Identification of Scedosporium prolificans to
species level is very important due to its intrinsic resistance to most antifungal drugs It may be distinguished from other members of the genus in particular the human pathogen S apiospermum by its basally swollen (inflated) flask-shaped annellides conidia borne in small groups rather than singly and by not growing on media containing cycloheximide (actidione) DNA sequencing (ITS region) will also definitively identify Scedosporium species Three laboratories reported Sporothrix schenckii which is easily distinguished from Scedosporium spp because it is a dimorphic pathogen with a yeast-like phase when grown at 37degC
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
9
86
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Unable to identify- refer
Chaetomium species
Hortaea werneckii
Ochroconis gallopava
Wangiella species
Exophiala species
Exophiala dermatitidis
Sporothrix schenckii
Scedosporium species
Scedosporium aurantiacum
Scedosporium apiospermum (sensu stricto)
Scedosporium prolificans
7C (i) 7C (ii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 5 Date of issue 13th November 2013
IdentificationmdashEscherichia coli
Ninety eight percent of participants correctly reported Escherichia coli for this item The two results of Pmirabilis and the ldquoUnable to identify-referrdquo were transposed results The participant reporting Kpneumoniae used ldquoRapid Onerdquo kit Two other participants used this same kit and reported correctly Eighty five participants reported the use of chromogenic agar Commercial kitssystems were used by 182 participants All kits performed well Thirty five participants used MALDI-TOF with all reporting Ecoli
Ecoli Item 1B Susceptibilities
(all methods)
Antibiotic S IRS R
Amikacin 40 - -
AmpicillinAmoxycillin 233 - 5
Augmentin 217 2 2
Cefaclor 16 - -
Cefazolin 37 - -
Cefepime 12 - -
CefoperzoneSulbactum 1 - -
Cefotaxime 49 - -
Cefoxitin 20 - -
Ceftazidime 54 - -
Ceftriaxone 53 - -
Cefuroxime 56 - -
Cephalexin 93 - 1
Cephalothin 53 3 -
Chloramphenicol 5 - -
Ciprofloxacin 80 - -
Cotrimoxazole 91 - 1
Ertapenem 12 - -
Gentamicin 180 1 -
Imipenem 50 - -
Levofloxacin 13 - -
Meropenem 57 - -
Nalidixic acid 6 - -
Nitrofurantoin 209 - 2
Norfloxacin 133 - 1
Piperacillintazobactam 37 1 -
Polymyxin B 2 - -
Tetracycline 6 - -
Timentin 10 - -
Tobramycin 8 - -
Trimethoprim 191 - 1
Table 4 Escherichia coli susceptibilities (all methods)
1B Escherichia coli
260 981
1 04
2 04
1 04
1 04
1
1
2
1
260
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Sent to Reference Lab
Unable to Identify - Refer
Proteus mirabilis
Klebsiella pneumoniae
Escherichia coli
Susceptibility testingndash Escherichia coli Susceptibility testing was performed well with the majority of participants reporting susceptible to the commonly reported antibiotics for gram-negative urine isolates
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 6 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201362 NOSE SWAB
includes presumptive identifications
ITEM 201362 Nose swab Quality Control This item represented an infection control nose swab containing Methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) and Staphylococcus epidermidis Counts for MRSA remained above 10 x 1010 CFUL throughout the survey Homogeneity and stability testing were satisfactory Culture and identification results Two hundred and forty seven participants returned results with 242 (98) reporting MRSA This isolate was a non multi-resistant MRSA (NMRSA) with a susceptibility pattern as follows Resistant to ampicillin Augmentin cefotaxime cefoxitin cephalothin oxacillin and penicillin susceptible to ciprofloxacin clindamycin erythromycin fusidic acid gentamicin rifampicin and tetracycline Many laboratories screened using chromogenic agars Follow up tests included Gram stain (gram-positive cocci) catalase (positive) DNAase (positive) slidetube coagulase (positive) and conventional susceptibility testing or other method to confirm MRSA Staphylococcus aureus agglutination kits used are shown in Table 5 below Identification kitssystems employed are also shown below in Table 6 Most kitssystems accurately identified S aureus Three laboratories reporting S aureus mentioned that it was MRSA in the comments box One of the four laboratories reporting S aureus (only) reported it oxacillin susceptible in the comments box The other three gave no indication of it being or possibly being MRSA
239 968
3 12
4 16
1 04 1
4
3
239
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Staphylococcus coag negative
Staphylococcus aureus
Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA in comments)
MRSA or Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA)
Most common kits used
Number of users
Biomerieux Slidex Staph 5
Bio-Rad 6
Omega Avipath 2
Oxoid Staphylase 4
Oxoid Staphytect Plus 7
Pastorex Staph Plus 25
Phadebact 9
Prolex Staph 8
Remel BactiStaph 7
Remel Staphaurex (Plus) 20
Table 5 Staphylococcus aureus agglutination kits Table 6 Identification kitssystems
Most common kits used Number of users
API StaphmdashBiomerieux 2
BBL Crystal-BD Gram Positive ID Kit 2
MALDI-TOF Bruker 25
MALDI-TOF VITEK MS 9
Microbact 12S 2
Microscan 1
Phadebact 1
Phoenix 7
RapID Staph Plus 1
SAM-PCR 1
VITEK2 GPmdashBiomerieux 23
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 7 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201363 SKIN SWAB
36 146
109 441
29 117
3 12
24 97
1 04
30 121
8 32
5 20
1 04
1 04
Aeromonas veronii biovar sobria (formally A sobria)
ITEM 201363
Quality Control This item contained the pure isolate Aeromonas veronii bv sobria Homogeneity and stability testing were satisfactory with the bacterial count for the A veronii bv sobria remaining above 41 X 109 CFUL during the 3 week survey period Identification
Two hundred and forty seven participants submitted results with 246 (996) reporting an Aeromonas species The most frequently isolated Aeromonas species of clinical significance in humans are A veronii bv sobria A hydrophila and A caviae1 2 A sobria reported by the majority of participants now refers to the organism originally described by Popoff and Veacuteron in 1976 and is primarily a fish pathogen Aldquosobriardquo that are negative for aesculin hydrolysis salicin KCN L-arabinose and ornithine decarboxylase (ODC) and positive for arginine dihydrolase (ADH) should be designated A veronii bv sobria 2 3 A ichthiosmia reported by one laboratory is identical to A veronii bv sobria using gene sequencing2 A liquefaciens (one laboratory) is exclusively a fish pathogen4 Laboratories identified using Gram stain (gram-negative rods) oxidase reaction (positive) and a variety of identification kitssystems the most commonly used being API 20E (n=49) API 20NE (n=52) MALDI-TOFBruker (n=36) MALDI-TOFVITEK MS (n=10) and VITEK2 GN (n=68)
Susceptibility testing Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
Most discrepancies occurred in the reporting of Augmentin and the carbapenems for this isolate The CDS susceptibility method acknowledges the presence of chromosomally-linked β-lactamases (A1 and A2) in Aeromonas species5678 A1 is an inducible cephalosporinase which is inhibited by aztreonam but not by clavulanic acid and which hydrolyses cephalosporins and cephamycins but not carbapenems (AmpCBush group 1) It is detected by adjacent disc testing in the CDS method (Figure 3a) A2 is a carbapenemase which hydrolyses carbapenems but not cephalosporins or cephamycins It may show heterogeneous expression of resistance and so resistance to imipenem and meropenem may not be detectable by conventional methods unless a heavy inoculum is used 6789 and inaccurate reporting of sensitivity to carbapenems may ensue(Figure 3b) CDS users should report A veronii bv sobria as resistant to both Augmentin and carbapenems and are directed to Table 104a of the current CDS guidelines For CLSI users standard M45-A2 states that ldquointerpretive breakpoints for cefazolin and for ertapenem imipenem and meropenem for the Enterobacteriaceae were voted to be changed by the Subcommittee on Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing subsequent to final approval of this edition of M45 It is anticipated that these modified breakpoints will be adopted for use with Aeromonas spp and Vibrio spp in the next edition of M45 or possibly in a future supplementrdquo10 The CLSI standard inoculum equivalent of 05 McFarland would likely fail to detect carbapenem resistance in Aeromonas species
Antibiotic
Aeromonas veronii bv sobria susceptibilities (all methods)
Susc IntRS Res
Amikacin 42 - 1
AmpicillinAmoxycillin - - 146
Augmentin 28 17 98
Cefazolin 9 - 18
Cefepime 21 - 1
Cefotaxime 51 - 2
Cefoxitin 11 - 1
Ceftazidime 82 - 3
Ceftriaxone 75 - 10
Cefuroxime 43 - -
Cephalexin 6 - 7
Cephalothin 9 - 5
Chloramphenicol 15 - -
Ciprofloxacin 213 - 1
Cotrimoxazole 153 2 3
Gentamicin 198 - 1
Imipenem 25 5 26
Levofloxacin 13 - -
Meropenem 40 2 43
Piperacillin 6 - -
Piperacillintazobactam 44 - 15
Sulphafurazole 8 - -
Tetracycline 29 - -
Timentin 5 - 19
Tobramycin 12 - -
Trimethoprim 19 - 1
Table 7 Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
1
1
5
8
30
1
24
3
29
109
36
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Citrobacter freundii
Aeromonas liquefaciens
Aeromonas hydrophilacaviae
Aeromonas hydrophila group
Aeromonas hydrophila
Aeromonas ichthiosmia
Aeromonas species
Aeromonas veronii
Aeromonas veronii complex
Aeromonas sobria
Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 8 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Figure 3a A hydrophilia with cephalosporinase A1 amp carbapenemase A2 copy South Eastern Area Laboratory Services httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest
Figure 3b A sobria with carbapenemase A2 but lacking cephalosporinase A1 copy South Eastern Area Laboratory Services httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest
References Item 3 1 Parker JL and Shaw JG Aeromonas spp clinical microbiology and disease Journal of infection 201162 109-118 httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0163445310003543bbib10 2 Janda JM and Abbott SL The genus Aeromonas taxonomy pathogenicity and infection Clin Microbiol Rev 201023 35ndash73 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2806660 3 Horneman AJ and Afsar A Aeromonas Ch 38 In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical
microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC 4 Bullock GL The identification and separation of Aeromonas liquefaciens from Pseudomonas fluorescens and related organisms occurring in dis-
eased fish Appl Microbiol 19619 587ndash590 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC1057793 5 Antibiotic susceptibility testing by the CDS method httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest 6 Walsh TR et al Distribution and expression of β-lactamase genes among Aeromonas spp Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy 199740 171ndash
178 httpjacoxfordjournalsorgcontent402171fullpdf 7 Wu C-J et al Distribution and phenotypic and genotypic detection of a metallo-b-lactamase CphA among bacteraemic Aeromonas isolates Jour-
nal of Medical Microbiology 201261 712ndash719 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22322339 8 Aravena-Romaacuten M et al Antimicrobial susceptibilities of Aeromonas strains isolated from clinical and environmental sources to 26 antimicrobial
agents J Med Microbiol 201261 712-9 httpaacasmorgcontent5621110 9 Rossolini GM et al The Aeromonas metallo-β-lactamases genetics enzymology and contribution to drug resistance Microb Drug Resist 1996 2
245-252 httponlineliebertpubcomdoiabs101089mdr19962245
10 CLSI standard A45-A2 Methods for antimicrobial dilution and disk susceptibility testing for infrequently isolated or fastidious bacteria approved guidelinemdashsecond edition August 2010
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 9 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201364ABCD CULTURE AND MICROSCOPY FOR AFB
Reference laboratory report
Culture results C D
Mycobacterium species isolated 59 0
Mycobacterium species not isolated 10 70
Not result reported 2 1
Participant smear results A B
Negative 17 178
1 - 9100 HPF 115 3
10 - 99100 HPF 47 2
1 - 10HPF 4 -
Table 11 Results for mediamethods used for specimen 4C
Table 9 Participant smear results
Table 10 Participant culture results
Table 12 Molecular Diagnostics
Molecular Diagnostics
C D
Mycobacterium TB Complex DNA amplification Positive
13 0
Mycobacterium TB Complex DNA amplification Negative
1 12
No result reported 1 3
Media Total no inoculated
Number positive
BacTALERT amp 3D 9 6
BD BACTEC MGIT 960 System 43 38
BD BBL MGIT 5 3
Brown amp Buckle 3 1
LJ 32 21
LJ Glycerol 6 5
LJ Pyruvate 15 8
LJ Pyruvate Glycerol 4 3
Ogawa 6 2
Other 10 7
Test A B
AFB stain Ziehl Neelsen
Positive 1-9100 HPF
No AFB seen
C D
Culture Bactec MGIT 960 (BD)L-J
Mycobacterium tuberculosis
present
Mycobacterium species absent
Microscopy Results Slides were prepared in this survey using sputum seeded with Mycobacterium tuberculosis H37Ra The sputum used was examined before inoculation with the M tuberculosis strain using a Ziehl-Neelsen stain and tested for M tuberculosis and MAC by molecular methods and found to be negative Smear 4A Slide 4A contained scanty (1-9100HPF) numbers of AFB It was examined by a reference laboratory and a RCPAQAP scientist The three smears examined by the reference laboratory were confirmed positive and contained 4 1 and 3 AFB100HPF Ten randomly selected smears examined by RCPAQAP contained from 4 to 9 AFB100HPF Most laboratories (91 or 92 when transcription errors were included) reported a positive result with the majority (63) reporting 1-9 AFB100 HPF Three transcription errors were apparent among the 17 negative results reported It is recommended these laboratories carefully review their smears Participants are requested to report AFB counts based on acid fast stains rather than on fluorescent stains Smear 4B Smear 4B contained no AFB and this was confirmed by the reference laboratory and 10 smears examined by a RCPAQAP scientist As already mentioned 3 of the 5 laboratories reporting positive results transcribed them in error The other 2 reported positive results in both smears Culture Results Item 4C Sample 4C contained Mycobacterium tuberculosis and organisms representing normal upper respiratory tract flora such as Staphylococcus epidermidis Neisseria subflava and alpha-haemolytic streptococci Of the 69 participants returning a result the majority (86) reported this sample positive Item 4D Sample 4D contained the above upper respiratory organisms only and no Mycobacteria species All participants returning a result reported it negative for Mycobacteria species Molecular Diagnostics Results Fifteen laboratories performed molecular diagnostics for M tuberculosis (14 laboratories returned results on sample 4C and 12 on 4D) Please refer to Table 12 for participant results All methods used are listed below Gene Expert 2 HAIN (MTBDR) 1 HAIN (Mycobacterium CM) 1 Inhouse PCR 3 ProbeTec 2 qPCR 1 Roche Cobas 1 Seegene 1 Taqman 2 Not stated 1
Table 8 4A-D expected results
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 10 Date of issue 13th November 2013
includes presumptive identification(s)
ITEM 201365 ISOLATE FOR IDENTIFICATION
includes presumptive identification(s)
103 475
1 05
72 332
4 18
3 14
2 09
7 32
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
2 09
1 05
1 05
1 05
14 65
Fig 5b H haemolyticus on HBA copy 2013 RCPA QAP
ITEM 201365 Haemophilus haemolyticus This item contained a pure growth of Haemophilus haemolyticus Homogeneity and stability testing for this organism was satisfactory with bacterial counts for the H haemolyticus remaining above 10 x 1010CFUL throughout the survey
This organism represented an isolate from blood culture collected from a patient with endocarditis H haemolyticus is a human commensal of the nasopharynx in some individuals Some authors find its pathogenicity debatable but it has occasionally been implicated in disease 123 Phenotypically and genotypically it is difficult to distinguish from non-typeable H influenzae except for β-haemolysis on blood agar in the case of H haemolyticus 45678 But even this can be an unreliable characteristic as non-haemolytic strains occur and upon repeated sub-culture this trait may disappear 5910 For this reason it has been suggested that H haemolyticus is more commonly misidentified as H influenzae than is recognised5 Like H influenzae H haemolyticus is a fastidious facultative anaerobe XV-dependent oxidase and catalase positive gram-negative coccobacillus
Fig 5a H haemolyticus on Chocolate Agar copy 2013 RCPA QAP
14
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
2
3
4
72
1
103
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Unable to Identify - Refer
Psychrobacter phenylpyruvicus
Pasteurella species
Other
Kingella kingae
Gram negative rod
Francisella tularensis
Corynebacterium jeikeium
Brucella spp
Bacteroides ureolyticus
Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans
Haemophilus species
Haemophilus parainfluenzae
Haemophilus parahaemolyticus
Haemophilus influenzae type B
Haemophilus influenzae
Haemophilus aegyptius
Haemophilus haemolyticus
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 11 Date of issue 13th November 2013
SUMMARY OF PHENOTYPIC AND BIOCHEMICAL RESULTS 811
Phenotypic characteristics
Gram stain Small gram-positive rods and coccobacilli
Motility RT (BHI broth) non-motile
Colonial appearance on Chocolate agar (CA) 24hrs 10mm beige shiny round entire colonies
Colonial appearance on Horse Blood agar (HBA) 24hrs pinpoint translucent shiny round entire colonies
Pigment pale yellow
Haemolysis β (key distinguishing test if apparent) This isolate was haemolytic on HBA
Catalase positive
Oxidase positive
KIA slope NCNC gas negative
Satellitism XV + V - X - Growth conditions
Growth on HBA 35degC in O2 +
Growth on HBA 35degC in CO2 ++
Growth on HBA 35degC in ANO2 +
Growth on CA 35degC 35degC +++
Growth on MacConkey agar no growth Biochemical tests Rapid substrate utilisation
Urease positive
Nitrate positive
Indole negative
Aesculin negative
ADH negative
LDC negative
ODC negative
Glucose positive
Xylose negative
Mannitol negative
Lactose positive (weak) 11
Sucrose negative
Maltose positive (weak) 11 16S rRNA gene analysis by PCR H haemolyticus with a 99 match Although standard genetic testing may be inadequate to distinguish H influenzae and H haemolyticus because of their genetic similarity1012 the demonstration of β-haemolysis on HBA for this isolate supports the PCR findings A few other Haemophilus species are known to display β-haemolysis on blood agar but they are not X and V-dependent 8 Participant results Two hundred and seventeen participants submitted results for this item with 192 (88) correctly identifying to genus level Under half were able to fully speciate The graph on the previous page illustrates participantsrsquo results Some biochemical tests commonly used by participants to identify include catalase (+) oxidase (+) indole (-) urea (+) growth on MacConkey agar (-) and XV-dependency (+) Many participants correctly identifying H haemolyticus observed the β-haemolytic activity of this isolate on blood agar and made note of it in their comments Identification kitssystems used and success rates in the hands of the users are listed below Please note that success rates may have been influenced by the observation (or lack thereof) of β-haemolysis
API NHmdashBiomerieux 1236 (33) correct H influenzae (24)
BBL Crystal-BD NeisseriaHaemophilus ID Kit 22 (100) correct
MALDI-TOF (Bruker ) 423(17) correct Pasteurella species (1) H influenzae (17) gram-negative rod (1)
MALDI-TOF (VITEK MS) 914 (64) correct H influenzae (4) Haemophilus species (1)
Rapid NH 1528 (54) correct Kingella kingae (1) H aegypticus (1) Haemophilus species (2) H influenzae (8) H parainfluenzae (1)
Sequencing 16S rRNA 78 (88) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 GN 56 (83) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 NH 3150 (62) correct Haemophilus species (1) Unable to identify-refer (1) H influenzae (17)
VITEK NHI 45 (80) correct H influenzae (1)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 12 Date of issue 13th November 2013
References Item 5 1 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin
Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
2 Jordan IK et al Genome sequences for five strains of the emerging pathogen Haemophilus haemolyticus J Bacteriol 2011193 5879ndash5880
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3187195
3 Anderson R et al Haemophilus haemolyticus isolates causing clinical disease J Clin Microbiol 201250 2462-5
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22573587
4 Morton DJ et al An invasive Haemophilus haemolyticus isolate J Clin Microbiol 201250 1502ndash1503
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3318549
5 Agrawal A Murphy TF Haemophilus influenzae infections in the H influenzae type b conjugate vaccine era J Clin Microbiol 201149 3728ndash3732
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3209133
6 Kilian M A taxonomic study of the genus Haemophilus with the proposal of a new species J Gen Microbiol 197693 9ndash62
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed772168
7 Kilian M 2005 Genus III Haemophilus Winslow Broadhurst Buchanan Krumweide Rogers and Smith 1917 561 p 883ndash904 In Brenner DJ Krieg NR Staley JT (ed) Bergeyrsquos manual of systematic bacteriology 2nd ed vol 2 Springer New York NY
8 Ledeboer NA Doern GV 2012 Haemophilus In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC
9 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
10 Murphy TF et al Haemophilus haemolyticus a human respiratory tract commensal to be distinguished from Haemophilus influenzae J Infect Dis 2007195 81ndash 89 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed17152011
11 Identification Reference Laboratory Centre for Infectious Diseases and Microbiology ICPMR Westmead Hospital 12 Binks MJ et al Molecular Surveillance of True Nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae An Evaluation of PCR Screening Assays PLOS
httpwwwplosoneorgarticleinfo3Adoi2F1013712Fjournalpone0034083
13 Duerden B Bennet KW and Faulkner J Isolation of Bacteroides ureolyticus (B corrodens) from clinical infections J Clin Pathol 1982 35 309-312 httpjcpbmjcomcontent353309fullpdf
The most common misidentification by participants was H influenzae (35) because of the phenotypicgenetic similarity of the two species and because of the failure of all kitsidentification systems to differentiate between them Reliance on one type of identification system is discouraged and may lead to incorrect identification of some organisms In this instance β-haemolysis on blood agar facilitated an accurate identification if detected however as already noted it may not always be displayed in this species even in primary cultures H parahaemolyticus reported by three laboratories is also β-haemolytic but unlike H haemolyticus it is V-dependent only (and δ-Aminolevulinic acid (ALA) test negative) as is H parainfluenzae reported by two laboratories which is not β-haemolytic All other false identifications reported do not exhibit X+V dependency or X- or V-dependency The laboratory reporting Corynebacterium jeikeium should note that this is a gram-positive rod B ureolyticus reported by one laboratory is an anaerobic organism with corroding colonies on agar plates 13 Brucella and Francisella tularensis are slow-growing fastidious organisms (also not XV-dependent) that would not be dispatched in this type of QAP
ITEM 201364C CLERICAL ERROR
Clerical Errors reported in Item 201364C Number labs (71)
No error reported 6
Error first name only (correct) in 4C 60(85)
Error first name only in 4D (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + last name (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + unit number (incorrect) 1
Error last name (incorrect) 2
Table 13 Clerical errors reported
Specimen label Karina DANIELS UN 831248 Paperwork Amelia DANIELS UN 831248
The clerical error was placed in item 201364C Mycobacteriology culture As only 95 participants receive 4C and 4D culture vials and only 71 performed testing this clerical error has not been scored
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 13 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201367ABC MYCOLOGY
7A This item contained Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic] (previously T mentagrophytes) 973 correct to genus level 634 correct to species level (required) The Trichophyton species have undergone extensive reclassification in the last 5 years This is because there exists much phenotypic variation but genetic variation is low Most of the species formerly known as T mentagrophytes are now classified within T interdigitale T mentagrophytes still exists but encompasses only the organism previously known as T quinckeanum (T mentagrophytes var quinckeanum) which is associated with mice T interdigitale is recognised as having two ecological groups the anthropophilic and the zoophilic group with the former T mentagrophytes species falls into the zoophilic group For this item T interdigitale and T mentagrophytes were both marked as correct This newly merged species encompasses a wide range of phenotypes which may or may not be observed for a given specimen Sequencing of the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region is the gold standard for identification using reference strains that are correctly named according to the revised taxonomy Chen et al have published a useful book chapter with phenotypic descriptions and recommendations for molecular identification of the revised Trichophyton species1
7A Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
Figures 7A (i-iii) Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic group] (previously T mentagrophytes) may have [7A(i)] numerous single-celled microconidia often in dense clusters along with smooth thin-walled cigar-shaped multicelled macroconidia Microconidia are hyaline smooth-walled and are predominantly spherical to subspherical in shape however occasional clavate to pyriform forms may occur [7A(ii)] varying numbers of spherical chlamydoconidia and [7A (iii)] spiral hyphae may also be observed The zoophilic form of the species tends to have powdery-granular colonies on Sabouraudrsquos lactritmel and 1 peptone media while the anthropophilic form has suede-downy textured colonies
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
5
6
7
14
1
31
1
5
20
13
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Chrysosporium tropicum
Microsporum gypseum
Microsporum persicolor
Trichophyton equinum
Trichophyton terrestre
Trichophyton erinacei
Trichophyton verrucosum
Trichophyton species
Trichophyton rubrum [Worldwide population]
Trichophyton tonsurans
Trichophyton rubrum
Trichophyton mentagrophytes complex
Trichophyton mentagrophytes
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic] and [zoophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale
Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
13 116
20 179
5 45
1 09
31 277
1 09
14 125
7 63
6 54
5 45
2 18
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7A (i)
7A (ii) 7A (iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 14 Date of issue 13th November 2013
7B Cryptococcus neoformans
82 732
8 71
1 09
1 09
5 45
11 98
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7B This item contained Cryptococcus neoformans 964 correct to genus level 812 correct to species level (required) Cryptococcosis is typically caused by either Cryptococcus neoformans or Cryptococcus gattii although occasionally other Cryptococcus species have been implicated C neoformans typically infects the immunocompromised host frequently in the setting of HIV with gt1 million new cases and~600000 deaths per year globally C neoformans is a yeast-like basidiomycete fungus with a distinctive polysaccharide capsule Differentiation from the closely related C gattii is important Presumptive identification is by India Ink stain to highlight the capsule and birdseed agar to observe dark brown colonies
Figure 7B (i-iii) [7B (i)] India Ink stain highlighting the capsule of C neoformansgattii [7B(ii)] Dark brown colonies of C neoformansgattii mixed with white colonies of Candida albicans on birdseed agar [7B(iii)] Canavanine glycine bromothyol blue (CGB) media for distinguishing C neoformans (left) from C gattii (right)
1
1
1
1
11
5
1
1
8
82
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Unable to identify- refer
Candida (not albicans)
Candida glabrata complex
Candida krusei
Cryptococcus neoformansgattii- unable to speciate
Cryptococcus species
Cryptococcus laurentii
Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii
Cryptococcus neoformans var neoformans
Cryptococcus neoformans
81 of labs correctly reported this isolate as Cryptococcus neoformans While no lab reported C gattii 11 labs were unable to differentiate C neoformans from C gattii Epidemiology risk factors and treatment of infections caused by these species are different and accurate identification is important for effective management All labs should seek to differentiate these species using CGB media a validated molecular method or by referral to a reference laboratory API ID32C and Vitek-2 does not distinguish C neoformans from C gattii These species may be differentiated by a number of DNA-based assays MALDI-ToF and canavanine-glycine-bromothymol blue (CGB) media C neoformans does not grow on CGB media which remains yellow whereas C gattii will grow triggering a blue colour change reaction in the media usually within 3 days It is worth noting that some slow growing C gattii isolates may take as long as 10 days to effect the blue colour change and may initially be mis-identified as C neoformans Nine labs unnecessarily attempted to further identify the C neoformans isolate to variety level either Cn var grubii (serotype A molecular types VNI and VNII) or Cn var neoformans (serotype D molecular type VNIV) It is not clear what methods were used to achieve this varietal identification but 8 of the 9 labs incorrectly reported Cn var neoformans In fact the isolate was confirmed by molecular methods to be Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii molecular type VNI The 8 reports of Cn var neoformans may reflect persistence of the now obsolete classification of Cryptococcus neoformans having two varieties var neoformans and var gattii If it is the normal practice of these labs to report to varietal level it would be worthwhile reviewing methods interpretation and reporting procedures
7B (i) 7B (ii) 7B(iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 15 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Reference item 7
1 Chen SC DH Ellis TC Sorrell and W Meyer Chapter 44 Trichophyton In ldquoMolecular Detection of Human Fungal Pathogensrdquo Dongyou Liu (Ed) CRC Press 2011
All mycology isolates were identified by both conventional and molecular techniques
86 768
9 80
1 09
2 18
3 27
3 27
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
2 18
7C Scedosporium prolificans
This item contained Scedosporium prolificans 875 correct to genus level 768 correct to species level (required) Colonies are rapid growing flat spreading olive-grey to black (the culture may contain a mixture of the colurs depending on the age) and have a suede-like to downy surface texture [7C (i)] Conidia are borne in small groups on distinctive basally swollen flask-shaped annellides which occur singly or in clusters along the vegetative hyphae Conidia are single-celled hyaline to pale-brown ovoid to pyriform 2-5 x 3-13 um (average 34-53 um) in size and have smooth thin walls [7C (ii)] Identification of Scedosporium prolificans to
species level is very important due to its intrinsic resistance to most antifungal drugs It may be distinguished from other members of the genus in particular the human pathogen S apiospermum by its basally swollen (inflated) flask-shaped annellides conidia borne in small groups rather than singly and by not growing on media containing cycloheximide (actidione) DNA sequencing (ITS region) will also definitively identify Scedosporium species Three laboratories reported Sporothrix schenckii which is easily distinguished from Scedosporium spp because it is a dimorphic pathogen with a yeast-like phase when grown at 37degC
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
9
86
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Unable to identify- refer
Chaetomium species
Hortaea werneckii
Ochroconis gallopava
Wangiella species
Exophiala species
Exophiala dermatitidis
Sporothrix schenckii
Scedosporium species
Scedosporium aurantiacum
Scedosporium apiospermum (sensu stricto)
Scedosporium prolificans
7C (i) 7C (ii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 6 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201362 NOSE SWAB
includes presumptive identifications
ITEM 201362 Nose swab Quality Control This item represented an infection control nose swab containing Methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) and Staphylococcus epidermidis Counts for MRSA remained above 10 x 1010 CFUL throughout the survey Homogeneity and stability testing were satisfactory Culture and identification results Two hundred and forty seven participants returned results with 242 (98) reporting MRSA This isolate was a non multi-resistant MRSA (NMRSA) with a susceptibility pattern as follows Resistant to ampicillin Augmentin cefotaxime cefoxitin cephalothin oxacillin and penicillin susceptible to ciprofloxacin clindamycin erythromycin fusidic acid gentamicin rifampicin and tetracycline Many laboratories screened using chromogenic agars Follow up tests included Gram stain (gram-positive cocci) catalase (positive) DNAase (positive) slidetube coagulase (positive) and conventional susceptibility testing or other method to confirm MRSA Staphylococcus aureus agglutination kits used are shown in Table 5 below Identification kitssystems employed are also shown below in Table 6 Most kitssystems accurately identified S aureus Three laboratories reporting S aureus mentioned that it was MRSA in the comments box One of the four laboratories reporting S aureus (only) reported it oxacillin susceptible in the comments box The other three gave no indication of it being or possibly being MRSA
239 968
3 12
4 16
1 04 1
4
3
239
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Staphylococcus coag negative
Staphylococcus aureus
Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA in comments)
MRSA or Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA)
Most common kits used
Number of users
Biomerieux Slidex Staph 5
Bio-Rad 6
Omega Avipath 2
Oxoid Staphylase 4
Oxoid Staphytect Plus 7
Pastorex Staph Plus 25
Phadebact 9
Prolex Staph 8
Remel BactiStaph 7
Remel Staphaurex (Plus) 20
Table 5 Staphylococcus aureus agglutination kits Table 6 Identification kitssystems
Most common kits used Number of users
API StaphmdashBiomerieux 2
BBL Crystal-BD Gram Positive ID Kit 2
MALDI-TOF Bruker 25
MALDI-TOF VITEK MS 9
Microbact 12S 2
Microscan 1
Phadebact 1
Phoenix 7
RapID Staph Plus 1
SAM-PCR 1
VITEK2 GPmdashBiomerieux 23
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 7 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201363 SKIN SWAB
36 146
109 441
29 117
3 12
24 97
1 04
30 121
8 32
5 20
1 04
1 04
Aeromonas veronii biovar sobria (formally A sobria)
ITEM 201363
Quality Control This item contained the pure isolate Aeromonas veronii bv sobria Homogeneity and stability testing were satisfactory with the bacterial count for the A veronii bv sobria remaining above 41 X 109 CFUL during the 3 week survey period Identification
Two hundred and forty seven participants submitted results with 246 (996) reporting an Aeromonas species The most frequently isolated Aeromonas species of clinical significance in humans are A veronii bv sobria A hydrophila and A caviae1 2 A sobria reported by the majority of participants now refers to the organism originally described by Popoff and Veacuteron in 1976 and is primarily a fish pathogen Aldquosobriardquo that are negative for aesculin hydrolysis salicin KCN L-arabinose and ornithine decarboxylase (ODC) and positive for arginine dihydrolase (ADH) should be designated A veronii bv sobria 2 3 A ichthiosmia reported by one laboratory is identical to A veronii bv sobria using gene sequencing2 A liquefaciens (one laboratory) is exclusively a fish pathogen4 Laboratories identified using Gram stain (gram-negative rods) oxidase reaction (positive) and a variety of identification kitssystems the most commonly used being API 20E (n=49) API 20NE (n=52) MALDI-TOFBruker (n=36) MALDI-TOFVITEK MS (n=10) and VITEK2 GN (n=68)
Susceptibility testing Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
Most discrepancies occurred in the reporting of Augmentin and the carbapenems for this isolate The CDS susceptibility method acknowledges the presence of chromosomally-linked β-lactamases (A1 and A2) in Aeromonas species5678 A1 is an inducible cephalosporinase which is inhibited by aztreonam but not by clavulanic acid and which hydrolyses cephalosporins and cephamycins but not carbapenems (AmpCBush group 1) It is detected by adjacent disc testing in the CDS method (Figure 3a) A2 is a carbapenemase which hydrolyses carbapenems but not cephalosporins or cephamycins It may show heterogeneous expression of resistance and so resistance to imipenem and meropenem may not be detectable by conventional methods unless a heavy inoculum is used 6789 and inaccurate reporting of sensitivity to carbapenems may ensue(Figure 3b) CDS users should report A veronii bv sobria as resistant to both Augmentin and carbapenems and are directed to Table 104a of the current CDS guidelines For CLSI users standard M45-A2 states that ldquointerpretive breakpoints for cefazolin and for ertapenem imipenem and meropenem for the Enterobacteriaceae were voted to be changed by the Subcommittee on Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing subsequent to final approval of this edition of M45 It is anticipated that these modified breakpoints will be adopted for use with Aeromonas spp and Vibrio spp in the next edition of M45 or possibly in a future supplementrdquo10 The CLSI standard inoculum equivalent of 05 McFarland would likely fail to detect carbapenem resistance in Aeromonas species
Antibiotic
Aeromonas veronii bv sobria susceptibilities (all methods)
Susc IntRS Res
Amikacin 42 - 1
AmpicillinAmoxycillin - - 146
Augmentin 28 17 98
Cefazolin 9 - 18
Cefepime 21 - 1
Cefotaxime 51 - 2
Cefoxitin 11 - 1
Ceftazidime 82 - 3
Ceftriaxone 75 - 10
Cefuroxime 43 - -
Cephalexin 6 - 7
Cephalothin 9 - 5
Chloramphenicol 15 - -
Ciprofloxacin 213 - 1
Cotrimoxazole 153 2 3
Gentamicin 198 - 1
Imipenem 25 5 26
Levofloxacin 13 - -
Meropenem 40 2 43
Piperacillin 6 - -
Piperacillintazobactam 44 - 15
Sulphafurazole 8 - -
Tetracycline 29 - -
Timentin 5 - 19
Tobramycin 12 - -
Trimethoprim 19 - 1
Table 7 Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
1
1
5
8
30
1
24
3
29
109
36
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Citrobacter freundii
Aeromonas liquefaciens
Aeromonas hydrophilacaviae
Aeromonas hydrophila group
Aeromonas hydrophila
Aeromonas ichthiosmia
Aeromonas species
Aeromonas veronii
Aeromonas veronii complex
Aeromonas sobria
Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 8 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Figure 3a A hydrophilia with cephalosporinase A1 amp carbapenemase A2 copy South Eastern Area Laboratory Services httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest
Figure 3b A sobria with carbapenemase A2 but lacking cephalosporinase A1 copy South Eastern Area Laboratory Services httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest
References Item 3 1 Parker JL and Shaw JG Aeromonas spp clinical microbiology and disease Journal of infection 201162 109-118 httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0163445310003543bbib10 2 Janda JM and Abbott SL The genus Aeromonas taxonomy pathogenicity and infection Clin Microbiol Rev 201023 35ndash73 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2806660 3 Horneman AJ and Afsar A Aeromonas Ch 38 In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical
microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC 4 Bullock GL The identification and separation of Aeromonas liquefaciens from Pseudomonas fluorescens and related organisms occurring in dis-
eased fish Appl Microbiol 19619 587ndash590 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC1057793 5 Antibiotic susceptibility testing by the CDS method httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest 6 Walsh TR et al Distribution and expression of β-lactamase genes among Aeromonas spp Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy 199740 171ndash
178 httpjacoxfordjournalsorgcontent402171fullpdf 7 Wu C-J et al Distribution and phenotypic and genotypic detection of a metallo-b-lactamase CphA among bacteraemic Aeromonas isolates Jour-
nal of Medical Microbiology 201261 712ndash719 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22322339 8 Aravena-Romaacuten M et al Antimicrobial susceptibilities of Aeromonas strains isolated from clinical and environmental sources to 26 antimicrobial
agents J Med Microbiol 201261 712-9 httpaacasmorgcontent5621110 9 Rossolini GM et al The Aeromonas metallo-β-lactamases genetics enzymology and contribution to drug resistance Microb Drug Resist 1996 2
245-252 httponlineliebertpubcomdoiabs101089mdr19962245
10 CLSI standard A45-A2 Methods for antimicrobial dilution and disk susceptibility testing for infrequently isolated or fastidious bacteria approved guidelinemdashsecond edition August 2010
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 9 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201364ABCD CULTURE AND MICROSCOPY FOR AFB
Reference laboratory report
Culture results C D
Mycobacterium species isolated 59 0
Mycobacterium species not isolated 10 70
Not result reported 2 1
Participant smear results A B
Negative 17 178
1 - 9100 HPF 115 3
10 - 99100 HPF 47 2
1 - 10HPF 4 -
Table 11 Results for mediamethods used for specimen 4C
Table 9 Participant smear results
Table 10 Participant culture results
Table 12 Molecular Diagnostics
Molecular Diagnostics
C D
Mycobacterium TB Complex DNA amplification Positive
13 0
Mycobacterium TB Complex DNA amplification Negative
1 12
No result reported 1 3
Media Total no inoculated
Number positive
BacTALERT amp 3D 9 6
BD BACTEC MGIT 960 System 43 38
BD BBL MGIT 5 3
Brown amp Buckle 3 1
LJ 32 21
LJ Glycerol 6 5
LJ Pyruvate 15 8
LJ Pyruvate Glycerol 4 3
Ogawa 6 2
Other 10 7
Test A B
AFB stain Ziehl Neelsen
Positive 1-9100 HPF
No AFB seen
C D
Culture Bactec MGIT 960 (BD)L-J
Mycobacterium tuberculosis
present
Mycobacterium species absent
Microscopy Results Slides were prepared in this survey using sputum seeded with Mycobacterium tuberculosis H37Ra The sputum used was examined before inoculation with the M tuberculosis strain using a Ziehl-Neelsen stain and tested for M tuberculosis and MAC by molecular methods and found to be negative Smear 4A Slide 4A contained scanty (1-9100HPF) numbers of AFB It was examined by a reference laboratory and a RCPAQAP scientist The three smears examined by the reference laboratory were confirmed positive and contained 4 1 and 3 AFB100HPF Ten randomly selected smears examined by RCPAQAP contained from 4 to 9 AFB100HPF Most laboratories (91 or 92 when transcription errors were included) reported a positive result with the majority (63) reporting 1-9 AFB100 HPF Three transcription errors were apparent among the 17 negative results reported It is recommended these laboratories carefully review their smears Participants are requested to report AFB counts based on acid fast stains rather than on fluorescent stains Smear 4B Smear 4B contained no AFB and this was confirmed by the reference laboratory and 10 smears examined by a RCPAQAP scientist As already mentioned 3 of the 5 laboratories reporting positive results transcribed them in error The other 2 reported positive results in both smears Culture Results Item 4C Sample 4C contained Mycobacterium tuberculosis and organisms representing normal upper respiratory tract flora such as Staphylococcus epidermidis Neisseria subflava and alpha-haemolytic streptococci Of the 69 participants returning a result the majority (86) reported this sample positive Item 4D Sample 4D contained the above upper respiratory organisms only and no Mycobacteria species All participants returning a result reported it negative for Mycobacteria species Molecular Diagnostics Results Fifteen laboratories performed molecular diagnostics for M tuberculosis (14 laboratories returned results on sample 4C and 12 on 4D) Please refer to Table 12 for participant results All methods used are listed below Gene Expert 2 HAIN (MTBDR) 1 HAIN (Mycobacterium CM) 1 Inhouse PCR 3 ProbeTec 2 qPCR 1 Roche Cobas 1 Seegene 1 Taqman 2 Not stated 1
Table 8 4A-D expected results
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 10 Date of issue 13th November 2013
includes presumptive identification(s)
ITEM 201365 ISOLATE FOR IDENTIFICATION
includes presumptive identification(s)
103 475
1 05
72 332
4 18
3 14
2 09
7 32
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
2 09
1 05
1 05
1 05
14 65
Fig 5b H haemolyticus on HBA copy 2013 RCPA QAP
ITEM 201365 Haemophilus haemolyticus This item contained a pure growth of Haemophilus haemolyticus Homogeneity and stability testing for this organism was satisfactory with bacterial counts for the H haemolyticus remaining above 10 x 1010CFUL throughout the survey
This organism represented an isolate from blood culture collected from a patient with endocarditis H haemolyticus is a human commensal of the nasopharynx in some individuals Some authors find its pathogenicity debatable but it has occasionally been implicated in disease 123 Phenotypically and genotypically it is difficult to distinguish from non-typeable H influenzae except for β-haemolysis on blood agar in the case of H haemolyticus 45678 But even this can be an unreliable characteristic as non-haemolytic strains occur and upon repeated sub-culture this trait may disappear 5910 For this reason it has been suggested that H haemolyticus is more commonly misidentified as H influenzae than is recognised5 Like H influenzae H haemolyticus is a fastidious facultative anaerobe XV-dependent oxidase and catalase positive gram-negative coccobacillus
Fig 5a H haemolyticus on Chocolate Agar copy 2013 RCPA QAP
14
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
2
3
4
72
1
103
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Unable to Identify - Refer
Psychrobacter phenylpyruvicus
Pasteurella species
Other
Kingella kingae
Gram negative rod
Francisella tularensis
Corynebacterium jeikeium
Brucella spp
Bacteroides ureolyticus
Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans
Haemophilus species
Haemophilus parainfluenzae
Haemophilus parahaemolyticus
Haemophilus influenzae type B
Haemophilus influenzae
Haemophilus aegyptius
Haemophilus haemolyticus
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 11 Date of issue 13th November 2013
SUMMARY OF PHENOTYPIC AND BIOCHEMICAL RESULTS 811
Phenotypic characteristics
Gram stain Small gram-positive rods and coccobacilli
Motility RT (BHI broth) non-motile
Colonial appearance on Chocolate agar (CA) 24hrs 10mm beige shiny round entire colonies
Colonial appearance on Horse Blood agar (HBA) 24hrs pinpoint translucent shiny round entire colonies
Pigment pale yellow
Haemolysis β (key distinguishing test if apparent) This isolate was haemolytic on HBA
Catalase positive
Oxidase positive
KIA slope NCNC gas negative
Satellitism XV + V - X - Growth conditions
Growth on HBA 35degC in O2 +
Growth on HBA 35degC in CO2 ++
Growth on HBA 35degC in ANO2 +
Growth on CA 35degC 35degC +++
Growth on MacConkey agar no growth Biochemical tests Rapid substrate utilisation
Urease positive
Nitrate positive
Indole negative
Aesculin negative
ADH negative
LDC negative
ODC negative
Glucose positive
Xylose negative
Mannitol negative
Lactose positive (weak) 11
Sucrose negative
Maltose positive (weak) 11 16S rRNA gene analysis by PCR H haemolyticus with a 99 match Although standard genetic testing may be inadequate to distinguish H influenzae and H haemolyticus because of their genetic similarity1012 the demonstration of β-haemolysis on HBA for this isolate supports the PCR findings A few other Haemophilus species are known to display β-haemolysis on blood agar but they are not X and V-dependent 8 Participant results Two hundred and seventeen participants submitted results for this item with 192 (88) correctly identifying to genus level Under half were able to fully speciate The graph on the previous page illustrates participantsrsquo results Some biochemical tests commonly used by participants to identify include catalase (+) oxidase (+) indole (-) urea (+) growth on MacConkey agar (-) and XV-dependency (+) Many participants correctly identifying H haemolyticus observed the β-haemolytic activity of this isolate on blood agar and made note of it in their comments Identification kitssystems used and success rates in the hands of the users are listed below Please note that success rates may have been influenced by the observation (or lack thereof) of β-haemolysis
API NHmdashBiomerieux 1236 (33) correct H influenzae (24)
BBL Crystal-BD NeisseriaHaemophilus ID Kit 22 (100) correct
MALDI-TOF (Bruker ) 423(17) correct Pasteurella species (1) H influenzae (17) gram-negative rod (1)
MALDI-TOF (VITEK MS) 914 (64) correct H influenzae (4) Haemophilus species (1)
Rapid NH 1528 (54) correct Kingella kingae (1) H aegypticus (1) Haemophilus species (2) H influenzae (8) H parainfluenzae (1)
Sequencing 16S rRNA 78 (88) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 GN 56 (83) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 NH 3150 (62) correct Haemophilus species (1) Unable to identify-refer (1) H influenzae (17)
VITEK NHI 45 (80) correct H influenzae (1)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 12 Date of issue 13th November 2013
References Item 5 1 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin
Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
2 Jordan IK et al Genome sequences for five strains of the emerging pathogen Haemophilus haemolyticus J Bacteriol 2011193 5879ndash5880
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3187195
3 Anderson R et al Haemophilus haemolyticus isolates causing clinical disease J Clin Microbiol 201250 2462-5
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22573587
4 Morton DJ et al An invasive Haemophilus haemolyticus isolate J Clin Microbiol 201250 1502ndash1503
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3318549
5 Agrawal A Murphy TF Haemophilus influenzae infections in the H influenzae type b conjugate vaccine era J Clin Microbiol 201149 3728ndash3732
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3209133
6 Kilian M A taxonomic study of the genus Haemophilus with the proposal of a new species J Gen Microbiol 197693 9ndash62
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed772168
7 Kilian M 2005 Genus III Haemophilus Winslow Broadhurst Buchanan Krumweide Rogers and Smith 1917 561 p 883ndash904 In Brenner DJ Krieg NR Staley JT (ed) Bergeyrsquos manual of systematic bacteriology 2nd ed vol 2 Springer New York NY
8 Ledeboer NA Doern GV 2012 Haemophilus In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC
9 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
10 Murphy TF et al Haemophilus haemolyticus a human respiratory tract commensal to be distinguished from Haemophilus influenzae J Infect Dis 2007195 81ndash 89 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed17152011
11 Identification Reference Laboratory Centre for Infectious Diseases and Microbiology ICPMR Westmead Hospital 12 Binks MJ et al Molecular Surveillance of True Nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae An Evaluation of PCR Screening Assays PLOS
httpwwwplosoneorgarticleinfo3Adoi2F1013712Fjournalpone0034083
13 Duerden B Bennet KW and Faulkner J Isolation of Bacteroides ureolyticus (B corrodens) from clinical infections J Clin Pathol 1982 35 309-312 httpjcpbmjcomcontent353309fullpdf
The most common misidentification by participants was H influenzae (35) because of the phenotypicgenetic similarity of the two species and because of the failure of all kitsidentification systems to differentiate between them Reliance on one type of identification system is discouraged and may lead to incorrect identification of some organisms In this instance β-haemolysis on blood agar facilitated an accurate identification if detected however as already noted it may not always be displayed in this species even in primary cultures H parahaemolyticus reported by three laboratories is also β-haemolytic but unlike H haemolyticus it is V-dependent only (and δ-Aminolevulinic acid (ALA) test negative) as is H parainfluenzae reported by two laboratories which is not β-haemolytic All other false identifications reported do not exhibit X+V dependency or X- or V-dependency The laboratory reporting Corynebacterium jeikeium should note that this is a gram-positive rod B ureolyticus reported by one laboratory is an anaerobic organism with corroding colonies on agar plates 13 Brucella and Francisella tularensis are slow-growing fastidious organisms (also not XV-dependent) that would not be dispatched in this type of QAP
ITEM 201364C CLERICAL ERROR
Clerical Errors reported in Item 201364C Number labs (71)
No error reported 6
Error first name only (correct) in 4C 60(85)
Error first name only in 4D (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + last name (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + unit number (incorrect) 1
Error last name (incorrect) 2
Table 13 Clerical errors reported
Specimen label Karina DANIELS UN 831248 Paperwork Amelia DANIELS UN 831248
The clerical error was placed in item 201364C Mycobacteriology culture As only 95 participants receive 4C and 4D culture vials and only 71 performed testing this clerical error has not been scored
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 13 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201367ABC MYCOLOGY
7A This item contained Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic] (previously T mentagrophytes) 973 correct to genus level 634 correct to species level (required) The Trichophyton species have undergone extensive reclassification in the last 5 years This is because there exists much phenotypic variation but genetic variation is low Most of the species formerly known as T mentagrophytes are now classified within T interdigitale T mentagrophytes still exists but encompasses only the organism previously known as T quinckeanum (T mentagrophytes var quinckeanum) which is associated with mice T interdigitale is recognised as having two ecological groups the anthropophilic and the zoophilic group with the former T mentagrophytes species falls into the zoophilic group For this item T interdigitale and T mentagrophytes were both marked as correct This newly merged species encompasses a wide range of phenotypes which may or may not be observed for a given specimen Sequencing of the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region is the gold standard for identification using reference strains that are correctly named according to the revised taxonomy Chen et al have published a useful book chapter with phenotypic descriptions and recommendations for molecular identification of the revised Trichophyton species1
7A Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
Figures 7A (i-iii) Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic group] (previously T mentagrophytes) may have [7A(i)] numerous single-celled microconidia often in dense clusters along with smooth thin-walled cigar-shaped multicelled macroconidia Microconidia are hyaline smooth-walled and are predominantly spherical to subspherical in shape however occasional clavate to pyriform forms may occur [7A(ii)] varying numbers of spherical chlamydoconidia and [7A (iii)] spiral hyphae may also be observed The zoophilic form of the species tends to have powdery-granular colonies on Sabouraudrsquos lactritmel and 1 peptone media while the anthropophilic form has suede-downy textured colonies
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
5
6
7
14
1
31
1
5
20
13
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Chrysosporium tropicum
Microsporum gypseum
Microsporum persicolor
Trichophyton equinum
Trichophyton terrestre
Trichophyton erinacei
Trichophyton verrucosum
Trichophyton species
Trichophyton rubrum [Worldwide population]
Trichophyton tonsurans
Trichophyton rubrum
Trichophyton mentagrophytes complex
Trichophyton mentagrophytes
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic] and [zoophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale
Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
13 116
20 179
5 45
1 09
31 277
1 09
14 125
7 63
6 54
5 45
2 18
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7A (i)
7A (ii) 7A (iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 14 Date of issue 13th November 2013
7B Cryptococcus neoformans
82 732
8 71
1 09
1 09
5 45
11 98
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7B This item contained Cryptococcus neoformans 964 correct to genus level 812 correct to species level (required) Cryptococcosis is typically caused by either Cryptococcus neoformans or Cryptococcus gattii although occasionally other Cryptococcus species have been implicated C neoformans typically infects the immunocompromised host frequently in the setting of HIV with gt1 million new cases and~600000 deaths per year globally C neoformans is a yeast-like basidiomycete fungus with a distinctive polysaccharide capsule Differentiation from the closely related C gattii is important Presumptive identification is by India Ink stain to highlight the capsule and birdseed agar to observe dark brown colonies
Figure 7B (i-iii) [7B (i)] India Ink stain highlighting the capsule of C neoformansgattii [7B(ii)] Dark brown colonies of C neoformansgattii mixed with white colonies of Candida albicans on birdseed agar [7B(iii)] Canavanine glycine bromothyol blue (CGB) media for distinguishing C neoformans (left) from C gattii (right)
1
1
1
1
11
5
1
1
8
82
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Unable to identify- refer
Candida (not albicans)
Candida glabrata complex
Candida krusei
Cryptococcus neoformansgattii- unable to speciate
Cryptococcus species
Cryptococcus laurentii
Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii
Cryptococcus neoformans var neoformans
Cryptococcus neoformans
81 of labs correctly reported this isolate as Cryptococcus neoformans While no lab reported C gattii 11 labs were unable to differentiate C neoformans from C gattii Epidemiology risk factors and treatment of infections caused by these species are different and accurate identification is important for effective management All labs should seek to differentiate these species using CGB media a validated molecular method or by referral to a reference laboratory API ID32C and Vitek-2 does not distinguish C neoformans from C gattii These species may be differentiated by a number of DNA-based assays MALDI-ToF and canavanine-glycine-bromothymol blue (CGB) media C neoformans does not grow on CGB media which remains yellow whereas C gattii will grow triggering a blue colour change reaction in the media usually within 3 days It is worth noting that some slow growing C gattii isolates may take as long as 10 days to effect the blue colour change and may initially be mis-identified as C neoformans Nine labs unnecessarily attempted to further identify the C neoformans isolate to variety level either Cn var grubii (serotype A molecular types VNI and VNII) or Cn var neoformans (serotype D molecular type VNIV) It is not clear what methods were used to achieve this varietal identification but 8 of the 9 labs incorrectly reported Cn var neoformans In fact the isolate was confirmed by molecular methods to be Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii molecular type VNI The 8 reports of Cn var neoformans may reflect persistence of the now obsolete classification of Cryptococcus neoformans having two varieties var neoformans and var gattii If it is the normal practice of these labs to report to varietal level it would be worthwhile reviewing methods interpretation and reporting procedures
7B (i) 7B (ii) 7B(iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 15 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Reference item 7
1 Chen SC DH Ellis TC Sorrell and W Meyer Chapter 44 Trichophyton In ldquoMolecular Detection of Human Fungal Pathogensrdquo Dongyou Liu (Ed) CRC Press 2011
All mycology isolates were identified by both conventional and molecular techniques
86 768
9 80
1 09
2 18
3 27
3 27
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
2 18
7C Scedosporium prolificans
This item contained Scedosporium prolificans 875 correct to genus level 768 correct to species level (required) Colonies are rapid growing flat spreading olive-grey to black (the culture may contain a mixture of the colurs depending on the age) and have a suede-like to downy surface texture [7C (i)] Conidia are borne in small groups on distinctive basally swollen flask-shaped annellides which occur singly or in clusters along the vegetative hyphae Conidia are single-celled hyaline to pale-brown ovoid to pyriform 2-5 x 3-13 um (average 34-53 um) in size and have smooth thin walls [7C (ii)] Identification of Scedosporium prolificans to
species level is very important due to its intrinsic resistance to most antifungal drugs It may be distinguished from other members of the genus in particular the human pathogen S apiospermum by its basally swollen (inflated) flask-shaped annellides conidia borne in small groups rather than singly and by not growing on media containing cycloheximide (actidione) DNA sequencing (ITS region) will also definitively identify Scedosporium species Three laboratories reported Sporothrix schenckii which is easily distinguished from Scedosporium spp because it is a dimorphic pathogen with a yeast-like phase when grown at 37degC
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
9
86
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Unable to identify- refer
Chaetomium species
Hortaea werneckii
Ochroconis gallopava
Wangiella species
Exophiala species
Exophiala dermatitidis
Sporothrix schenckii
Scedosporium species
Scedosporium aurantiacum
Scedosporium apiospermum (sensu stricto)
Scedosporium prolificans
7C (i) 7C (ii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 7 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201363 SKIN SWAB
36 146
109 441
29 117
3 12
24 97
1 04
30 121
8 32
5 20
1 04
1 04
Aeromonas veronii biovar sobria (formally A sobria)
ITEM 201363
Quality Control This item contained the pure isolate Aeromonas veronii bv sobria Homogeneity and stability testing were satisfactory with the bacterial count for the A veronii bv sobria remaining above 41 X 109 CFUL during the 3 week survey period Identification
Two hundred and forty seven participants submitted results with 246 (996) reporting an Aeromonas species The most frequently isolated Aeromonas species of clinical significance in humans are A veronii bv sobria A hydrophila and A caviae1 2 A sobria reported by the majority of participants now refers to the organism originally described by Popoff and Veacuteron in 1976 and is primarily a fish pathogen Aldquosobriardquo that are negative for aesculin hydrolysis salicin KCN L-arabinose and ornithine decarboxylase (ODC) and positive for arginine dihydrolase (ADH) should be designated A veronii bv sobria 2 3 A ichthiosmia reported by one laboratory is identical to A veronii bv sobria using gene sequencing2 A liquefaciens (one laboratory) is exclusively a fish pathogen4 Laboratories identified using Gram stain (gram-negative rods) oxidase reaction (positive) and a variety of identification kitssystems the most commonly used being API 20E (n=49) API 20NE (n=52) MALDI-TOFBruker (n=36) MALDI-TOFVITEK MS (n=10) and VITEK2 GN (n=68)
Susceptibility testing Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
Most discrepancies occurred in the reporting of Augmentin and the carbapenems for this isolate The CDS susceptibility method acknowledges the presence of chromosomally-linked β-lactamases (A1 and A2) in Aeromonas species5678 A1 is an inducible cephalosporinase which is inhibited by aztreonam but not by clavulanic acid and which hydrolyses cephalosporins and cephamycins but not carbapenems (AmpCBush group 1) It is detected by adjacent disc testing in the CDS method (Figure 3a) A2 is a carbapenemase which hydrolyses carbapenems but not cephalosporins or cephamycins It may show heterogeneous expression of resistance and so resistance to imipenem and meropenem may not be detectable by conventional methods unless a heavy inoculum is used 6789 and inaccurate reporting of sensitivity to carbapenems may ensue(Figure 3b) CDS users should report A veronii bv sobria as resistant to both Augmentin and carbapenems and are directed to Table 104a of the current CDS guidelines For CLSI users standard M45-A2 states that ldquointerpretive breakpoints for cefazolin and for ertapenem imipenem and meropenem for the Enterobacteriaceae were voted to be changed by the Subcommittee on Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing subsequent to final approval of this edition of M45 It is anticipated that these modified breakpoints will be adopted for use with Aeromonas spp and Vibrio spp in the next edition of M45 or possibly in a future supplementrdquo10 The CLSI standard inoculum equivalent of 05 McFarland would likely fail to detect carbapenem resistance in Aeromonas species
Antibiotic
Aeromonas veronii bv sobria susceptibilities (all methods)
Susc IntRS Res
Amikacin 42 - 1
AmpicillinAmoxycillin - - 146
Augmentin 28 17 98
Cefazolin 9 - 18
Cefepime 21 - 1
Cefotaxime 51 - 2
Cefoxitin 11 - 1
Ceftazidime 82 - 3
Ceftriaxone 75 - 10
Cefuroxime 43 - -
Cephalexin 6 - 7
Cephalothin 9 - 5
Chloramphenicol 15 - -
Ciprofloxacin 213 - 1
Cotrimoxazole 153 2 3
Gentamicin 198 - 1
Imipenem 25 5 26
Levofloxacin 13 - -
Meropenem 40 2 43
Piperacillin 6 - -
Piperacillintazobactam 44 - 15
Sulphafurazole 8 - -
Tetracycline 29 - -
Timentin 5 - 19
Tobramycin 12 - -
Trimethoprim 19 - 1
Table 7 Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
1
1
5
8
30
1
24
3
29
109
36
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Citrobacter freundii
Aeromonas liquefaciens
Aeromonas hydrophilacaviae
Aeromonas hydrophila group
Aeromonas hydrophila
Aeromonas ichthiosmia
Aeromonas species
Aeromonas veronii
Aeromonas veronii complex
Aeromonas sobria
Aeromonas veronii bv sobria
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 8 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Figure 3a A hydrophilia with cephalosporinase A1 amp carbapenemase A2 copy South Eastern Area Laboratory Services httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest
Figure 3b A sobria with carbapenemase A2 but lacking cephalosporinase A1 copy South Eastern Area Laboratory Services httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest
References Item 3 1 Parker JL and Shaw JG Aeromonas spp clinical microbiology and disease Journal of infection 201162 109-118 httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0163445310003543bbib10 2 Janda JM and Abbott SL The genus Aeromonas taxonomy pathogenicity and infection Clin Microbiol Rev 201023 35ndash73 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2806660 3 Horneman AJ and Afsar A Aeromonas Ch 38 In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical
microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC 4 Bullock GL The identification and separation of Aeromonas liquefaciens from Pseudomonas fluorescens and related organisms occurring in dis-
eased fish Appl Microbiol 19619 587ndash590 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC1057793 5 Antibiotic susceptibility testing by the CDS method httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest 6 Walsh TR et al Distribution and expression of β-lactamase genes among Aeromonas spp Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy 199740 171ndash
178 httpjacoxfordjournalsorgcontent402171fullpdf 7 Wu C-J et al Distribution and phenotypic and genotypic detection of a metallo-b-lactamase CphA among bacteraemic Aeromonas isolates Jour-
nal of Medical Microbiology 201261 712ndash719 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22322339 8 Aravena-Romaacuten M et al Antimicrobial susceptibilities of Aeromonas strains isolated from clinical and environmental sources to 26 antimicrobial
agents J Med Microbiol 201261 712-9 httpaacasmorgcontent5621110 9 Rossolini GM et al The Aeromonas metallo-β-lactamases genetics enzymology and contribution to drug resistance Microb Drug Resist 1996 2
245-252 httponlineliebertpubcomdoiabs101089mdr19962245
10 CLSI standard A45-A2 Methods for antimicrobial dilution and disk susceptibility testing for infrequently isolated or fastidious bacteria approved guidelinemdashsecond edition August 2010
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 9 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201364ABCD CULTURE AND MICROSCOPY FOR AFB
Reference laboratory report
Culture results C D
Mycobacterium species isolated 59 0
Mycobacterium species not isolated 10 70
Not result reported 2 1
Participant smear results A B
Negative 17 178
1 - 9100 HPF 115 3
10 - 99100 HPF 47 2
1 - 10HPF 4 -
Table 11 Results for mediamethods used for specimen 4C
Table 9 Participant smear results
Table 10 Participant culture results
Table 12 Molecular Diagnostics
Molecular Diagnostics
C D
Mycobacterium TB Complex DNA amplification Positive
13 0
Mycobacterium TB Complex DNA amplification Negative
1 12
No result reported 1 3
Media Total no inoculated
Number positive
BacTALERT amp 3D 9 6
BD BACTEC MGIT 960 System 43 38
BD BBL MGIT 5 3
Brown amp Buckle 3 1
LJ 32 21
LJ Glycerol 6 5
LJ Pyruvate 15 8
LJ Pyruvate Glycerol 4 3
Ogawa 6 2
Other 10 7
Test A B
AFB stain Ziehl Neelsen
Positive 1-9100 HPF
No AFB seen
C D
Culture Bactec MGIT 960 (BD)L-J
Mycobacterium tuberculosis
present
Mycobacterium species absent
Microscopy Results Slides were prepared in this survey using sputum seeded with Mycobacterium tuberculosis H37Ra The sputum used was examined before inoculation with the M tuberculosis strain using a Ziehl-Neelsen stain and tested for M tuberculosis and MAC by molecular methods and found to be negative Smear 4A Slide 4A contained scanty (1-9100HPF) numbers of AFB It was examined by a reference laboratory and a RCPAQAP scientist The three smears examined by the reference laboratory were confirmed positive and contained 4 1 and 3 AFB100HPF Ten randomly selected smears examined by RCPAQAP contained from 4 to 9 AFB100HPF Most laboratories (91 or 92 when transcription errors were included) reported a positive result with the majority (63) reporting 1-9 AFB100 HPF Three transcription errors were apparent among the 17 negative results reported It is recommended these laboratories carefully review their smears Participants are requested to report AFB counts based on acid fast stains rather than on fluorescent stains Smear 4B Smear 4B contained no AFB and this was confirmed by the reference laboratory and 10 smears examined by a RCPAQAP scientist As already mentioned 3 of the 5 laboratories reporting positive results transcribed them in error The other 2 reported positive results in both smears Culture Results Item 4C Sample 4C contained Mycobacterium tuberculosis and organisms representing normal upper respiratory tract flora such as Staphylococcus epidermidis Neisseria subflava and alpha-haemolytic streptococci Of the 69 participants returning a result the majority (86) reported this sample positive Item 4D Sample 4D contained the above upper respiratory organisms only and no Mycobacteria species All participants returning a result reported it negative for Mycobacteria species Molecular Diagnostics Results Fifteen laboratories performed molecular diagnostics for M tuberculosis (14 laboratories returned results on sample 4C and 12 on 4D) Please refer to Table 12 for participant results All methods used are listed below Gene Expert 2 HAIN (MTBDR) 1 HAIN (Mycobacterium CM) 1 Inhouse PCR 3 ProbeTec 2 qPCR 1 Roche Cobas 1 Seegene 1 Taqman 2 Not stated 1
Table 8 4A-D expected results
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 10 Date of issue 13th November 2013
includes presumptive identification(s)
ITEM 201365 ISOLATE FOR IDENTIFICATION
includes presumptive identification(s)
103 475
1 05
72 332
4 18
3 14
2 09
7 32
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
2 09
1 05
1 05
1 05
14 65
Fig 5b H haemolyticus on HBA copy 2013 RCPA QAP
ITEM 201365 Haemophilus haemolyticus This item contained a pure growth of Haemophilus haemolyticus Homogeneity and stability testing for this organism was satisfactory with bacterial counts for the H haemolyticus remaining above 10 x 1010CFUL throughout the survey
This organism represented an isolate from blood culture collected from a patient with endocarditis H haemolyticus is a human commensal of the nasopharynx in some individuals Some authors find its pathogenicity debatable but it has occasionally been implicated in disease 123 Phenotypically and genotypically it is difficult to distinguish from non-typeable H influenzae except for β-haemolysis on blood agar in the case of H haemolyticus 45678 But even this can be an unreliable characteristic as non-haemolytic strains occur and upon repeated sub-culture this trait may disappear 5910 For this reason it has been suggested that H haemolyticus is more commonly misidentified as H influenzae than is recognised5 Like H influenzae H haemolyticus is a fastidious facultative anaerobe XV-dependent oxidase and catalase positive gram-negative coccobacillus
Fig 5a H haemolyticus on Chocolate Agar copy 2013 RCPA QAP
14
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
2
3
4
72
1
103
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Unable to Identify - Refer
Psychrobacter phenylpyruvicus
Pasteurella species
Other
Kingella kingae
Gram negative rod
Francisella tularensis
Corynebacterium jeikeium
Brucella spp
Bacteroides ureolyticus
Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans
Haemophilus species
Haemophilus parainfluenzae
Haemophilus parahaemolyticus
Haemophilus influenzae type B
Haemophilus influenzae
Haemophilus aegyptius
Haemophilus haemolyticus
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 11 Date of issue 13th November 2013
SUMMARY OF PHENOTYPIC AND BIOCHEMICAL RESULTS 811
Phenotypic characteristics
Gram stain Small gram-positive rods and coccobacilli
Motility RT (BHI broth) non-motile
Colonial appearance on Chocolate agar (CA) 24hrs 10mm beige shiny round entire colonies
Colonial appearance on Horse Blood agar (HBA) 24hrs pinpoint translucent shiny round entire colonies
Pigment pale yellow
Haemolysis β (key distinguishing test if apparent) This isolate was haemolytic on HBA
Catalase positive
Oxidase positive
KIA slope NCNC gas negative
Satellitism XV + V - X - Growth conditions
Growth on HBA 35degC in O2 +
Growth on HBA 35degC in CO2 ++
Growth on HBA 35degC in ANO2 +
Growth on CA 35degC 35degC +++
Growth on MacConkey agar no growth Biochemical tests Rapid substrate utilisation
Urease positive
Nitrate positive
Indole negative
Aesculin negative
ADH negative
LDC negative
ODC negative
Glucose positive
Xylose negative
Mannitol negative
Lactose positive (weak) 11
Sucrose negative
Maltose positive (weak) 11 16S rRNA gene analysis by PCR H haemolyticus with a 99 match Although standard genetic testing may be inadequate to distinguish H influenzae and H haemolyticus because of their genetic similarity1012 the demonstration of β-haemolysis on HBA for this isolate supports the PCR findings A few other Haemophilus species are known to display β-haemolysis on blood agar but they are not X and V-dependent 8 Participant results Two hundred and seventeen participants submitted results for this item with 192 (88) correctly identifying to genus level Under half were able to fully speciate The graph on the previous page illustrates participantsrsquo results Some biochemical tests commonly used by participants to identify include catalase (+) oxidase (+) indole (-) urea (+) growth on MacConkey agar (-) and XV-dependency (+) Many participants correctly identifying H haemolyticus observed the β-haemolytic activity of this isolate on blood agar and made note of it in their comments Identification kitssystems used and success rates in the hands of the users are listed below Please note that success rates may have been influenced by the observation (or lack thereof) of β-haemolysis
API NHmdashBiomerieux 1236 (33) correct H influenzae (24)
BBL Crystal-BD NeisseriaHaemophilus ID Kit 22 (100) correct
MALDI-TOF (Bruker ) 423(17) correct Pasteurella species (1) H influenzae (17) gram-negative rod (1)
MALDI-TOF (VITEK MS) 914 (64) correct H influenzae (4) Haemophilus species (1)
Rapid NH 1528 (54) correct Kingella kingae (1) H aegypticus (1) Haemophilus species (2) H influenzae (8) H parainfluenzae (1)
Sequencing 16S rRNA 78 (88) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 GN 56 (83) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 NH 3150 (62) correct Haemophilus species (1) Unable to identify-refer (1) H influenzae (17)
VITEK NHI 45 (80) correct H influenzae (1)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 12 Date of issue 13th November 2013
References Item 5 1 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin
Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
2 Jordan IK et al Genome sequences for five strains of the emerging pathogen Haemophilus haemolyticus J Bacteriol 2011193 5879ndash5880
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3187195
3 Anderson R et al Haemophilus haemolyticus isolates causing clinical disease J Clin Microbiol 201250 2462-5
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22573587
4 Morton DJ et al An invasive Haemophilus haemolyticus isolate J Clin Microbiol 201250 1502ndash1503
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3318549
5 Agrawal A Murphy TF Haemophilus influenzae infections in the H influenzae type b conjugate vaccine era J Clin Microbiol 201149 3728ndash3732
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3209133
6 Kilian M A taxonomic study of the genus Haemophilus with the proposal of a new species J Gen Microbiol 197693 9ndash62
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed772168
7 Kilian M 2005 Genus III Haemophilus Winslow Broadhurst Buchanan Krumweide Rogers and Smith 1917 561 p 883ndash904 In Brenner DJ Krieg NR Staley JT (ed) Bergeyrsquos manual of systematic bacteriology 2nd ed vol 2 Springer New York NY
8 Ledeboer NA Doern GV 2012 Haemophilus In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC
9 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
10 Murphy TF et al Haemophilus haemolyticus a human respiratory tract commensal to be distinguished from Haemophilus influenzae J Infect Dis 2007195 81ndash 89 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed17152011
11 Identification Reference Laboratory Centre for Infectious Diseases and Microbiology ICPMR Westmead Hospital 12 Binks MJ et al Molecular Surveillance of True Nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae An Evaluation of PCR Screening Assays PLOS
httpwwwplosoneorgarticleinfo3Adoi2F1013712Fjournalpone0034083
13 Duerden B Bennet KW and Faulkner J Isolation of Bacteroides ureolyticus (B corrodens) from clinical infections J Clin Pathol 1982 35 309-312 httpjcpbmjcomcontent353309fullpdf
The most common misidentification by participants was H influenzae (35) because of the phenotypicgenetic similarity of the two species and because of the failure of all kitsidentification systems to differentiate between them Reliance on one type of identification system is discouraged and may lead to incorrect identification of some organisms In this instance β-haemolysis on blood agar facilitated an accurate identification if detected however as already noted it may not always be displayed in this species even in primary cultures H parahaemolyticus reported by three laboratories is also β-haemolytic but unlike H haemolyticus it is V-dependent only (and δ-Aminolevulinic acid (ALA) test negative) as is H parainfluenzae reported by two laboratories which is not β-haemolytic All other false identifications reported do not exhibit X+V dependency or X- or V-dependency The laboratory reporting Corynebacterium jeikeium should note that this is a gram-positive rod B ureolyticus reported by one laboratory is an anaerobic organism with corroding colonies on agar plates 13 Brucella and Francisella tularensis are slow-growing fastidious organisms (also not XV-dependent) that would not be dispatched in this type of QAP
ITEM 201364C CLERICAL ERROR
Clerical Errors reported in Item 201364C Number labs (71)
No error reported 6
Error first name only (correct) in 4C 60(85)
Error first name only in 4D (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + last name (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + unit number (incorrect) 1
Error last name (incorrect) 2
Table 13 Clerical errors reported
Specimen label Karina DANIELS UN 831248 Paperwork Amelia DANIELS UN 831248
The clerical error was placed in item 201364C Mycobacteriology culture As only 95 participants receive 4C and 4D culture vials and only 71 performed testing this clerical error has not been scored
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 13 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201367ABC MYCOLOGY
7A This item contained Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic] (previously T mentagrophytes) 973 correct to genus level 634 correct to species level (required) The Trichophyton species have undergone extensive reclassification in the last 5 years This is because there exists much phenotypic variation but genetic variation is low Most of the species formerly known as T mentagrophytes are now classified within T interdigitale T mentagrophytes still exists but encompasses only the organism previously known as T quinckeanum (T mentagrophytes var quinckeanum) which is associated with mice T interdigitale is recognised as having two ecological groups the anthropophilic and the zoophilic group with the former T mentagrophytes species falls into the zoophilic group For this item T interdigitale and T mentagrophytes were both marked as correct This newly merged species encompasses a wide range of phenotypes which may or may not be observed for a given specimen Sequencing of the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region is the gold standard for identification using reference strains that are correctly named according to the revised taxonomy Chen et al have published a useful book chapter with phenotypic descriptions and recommendations for molecular identification of the revised Trichophyton species1
7A Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
Figures 7A (i-iii) Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic group] (previously T mentagrophytes) may have [7A(i)] numerous single-celled microconidia often in dense clusters along with smooth thin-walled cigar-shaped multicelled macroconidia Microconidia are hyaline smooth-walled and are predominantly spherical to subspherical in shape however occasional clavate to pyriform forms may occur [7A(ii)] varying numbers of spherical chlamydoconidia and [7A (iii)] spiral hyphae may also be observed The zoophilic form of the species tends to have powdery-granular colonies on Sabouraudrsquos lactritmel and 1 peptone media while the anthropophilic form has suede-downy textured colonies
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
5
6
7
14
1
31
1
5
20
13
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Chrysosporium tropicum
Microsporum gypseum
Microsporum persicolor
Trichophyton equinum
Trichophyton terrestre
Trichophyton erinacei
Trichophyton verrucosum
Trichophyton species
Trichophyton rubrum [Worldwide population]
Trichophyton tonsurans
Trichophyton rubrum
Trichophyton mentagrophytes complex
Trichophyton mentagrophytes
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic] and [zoophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale
Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
13 116
20 179
5 45
1 09
31 277
1 09
14 125
7 63
6 54
5 45
2 18
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7A (i)
7A (ii) 7A (iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 14 Date of issue 13th November 2013
7B Cryptococcus neoformans
82 732
8 71
1 09
1 09
5 45
11 98
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7B This item contained Cryptococcus neoformans 964 correct to genus level 812 correct to species level (required) Cryptococcosis is typically caused by either Cryptococcus neoformans or Cryptococcus gattii although occasionally other Cryptococcus species have been implicated C neoformans typically infects the immunocompromised host frequently in the setting of HIV with gt1 million new cases and~600000 deaths per year globally C neoformans is a yeast-like basidiomycete fungus with a distinctive polysaccharide capsule Differentiation from the closely related C gattii is important Presumptive identification is by India Ink stain to highlight the capsule and birdseed agar to observe dark brown colonies
Figure 7B (i-iii) [7B (i)] India Ink stain highlighting the capsule of C neoformansgattii [7B(ii)] Dark brown colonies of C neoformansgattii mixed with white colonies of Candida albicans on birdseed agar [7B(iii)] Canavanine glycine bromothyol blue (CGB) media for distinguishing C neoformans (left) from C gattii (right)
1
1
1
1
11
5
1
1
8
82
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Unable to identify- refer
Candida (not albicans)
Candida glabrata complex
Candida krusei
Cryptococcus neoformansgattii- unable to speciate
Cryptococcus species
Cryptococcus laurentii
Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii
Cryptococcus neoformans var neoformans
Cryptococcus neoformans
81 of labs correctly reported this isolate as Cryptococcus neoformans While no lab reported C gattii 11 labs were unable to differentiate C neoformans from C gattii Epidemiology risk factors and treatment of infections caused by these species are different and accurate identification is important for effective management All labs should seek to differentiate these species using CGB media a validated molecular method or by referral to a reference laboratory API ID32C and Vitek-2 does not distinguish C neoformans from C gattii These species may be differentiated by a number of DNA-based assays MALDI-ToF and canavanine-glycine-bromothymol blue (CGB) media C neoformans does not grow on CGB media which remains yellow whereas C gattii will grow triggering a blue colour change reaction in the media usually within 3 days It is worth noting that some slow growing C gattii isolates may take as long as 10 days to effect the blue colour change and may initially be mis-identified as C neoformans Nine labs unnecessarily attempted to further identify the C neoformans isolate to variety level either Cn var grubii (serotype A molecular types VNI and VNII) or Cn var neoformans (serotype D molecular type VNIV) It is not clear what methods were used to achieve this varietal identification but 8 of the 9 labs incorrectly reported Cn var neoformans In fact the isolate was confirmed by molecular methods to be Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii molecular type VNI The 8 reports of Cn var neoformans may reflect persistence of the now obsolete classification of Cryptococcus neoformans having two varieties var neoformans and var gattii If it is the normal practice of these labs to report to varietal level it would be worthwhile reviewing methods interpretation and reporting procedures
7B (i) 7B (ii) 7B(iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 15 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Reference item 7
1 Chen SC DH Ellis TC Sorrell and W Meyer Chapter 44 Trichophyton In ldquoMolecular Detection of Human Fungal Pathogensrdquo Dongyou Liu (Ed) CRC Press 2011
All mycology isolates were identified by both conventional and molecular techniques
86 768
9 80
1 09
2 18
3 27
3 27
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
2 18
7C Scedosporium prolificans
This item contained Scedosporium prolificans 875 correct to genus level 768 correct to species level (required) Colonies are rapid growing flat spreading olive-grey to black (the culture may contain a mixture of the colurs depending on the age) and have a suede-like to downy surface texture [7C (i)] Conidia are borne in small groups on distinctive basally swollen flask-shaped annellides which occur singly or in clusters along the vegetative hyphae Conidia are single-celled hyaline to pale-brown ovoid to pyriform 2-5 x 3-13 um (average 34-53 um) in size and have smooth thin walls [7C (ii)] Identification of Scedosporium prolificans to
species level is very important due to its intrinsic resistance to most antifungal drugs It may be distinguished from other members of the genus in particular the human pathogen S apiospermum by its basally swollen (inflated) flask-shaped annellides conidia borne in small groups rather than singly and by not growing on media containing cycloheximide (actidione) DNA sequencing (ITS region) will also definitively identify Scedosporium species Three laboratories reported Sporothrix schenckii which is easily distinguished from Scedosporium spp because it is a dimorphic pathogen with a yeast-like phase when grown at 37degC
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
9
86
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Unable to identify- refer
Chaetomium species
Hortaea werneckii
Ochroconis gallopava
Wangiella species
Exophiala species
Exophiala dermatitidis
Sporothrix schenckii
Scedosporium species
Scedosporium aurantiacum
Scedosporium apiospermum (sensu stricto)
Scedosporium prolificans
7C (i) 7C (ii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 8 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Figure 3a A hydrophilia with cephalosporinase A1 amp carbapenemase A2 copy South Eastern Area Laboratory Services httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest
Figure 3b A sobria with carbapenemase A2 but lacking cephalosporinase A1 copy South Eastern Area Laboratory Services httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest
References Item 3 1 Parker JL and Shaw JG Aeromonas spp clinical microbiology and disease Journal of infection 201162 109-118 httpwwwsciencedirectcomsciencearticlepiiS0163445310003543bbib10 2 Janda JM and Abbott SL The genus Aeromonas taxonomy pathogenicity and infection Clin Microbiol Rev 201023 35ndash73 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2806660 3 Horneman AJ and Afsar A Aeromonas Ch 38 In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical
microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC 4 Bullock GL The identification and separation of Aeromonas liquefaciens from Pseudomonas fluorescens and related organisms occurring in dis-
eased fish Appl Microbiol 19619 587ndash590 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC1057793 5 Antibiotic susceptibility testing by the CDS method httpwebmedunsweduaucdstest 6 Walsh TR et al Distribution and expression of β-lactamase genes among Aeromonas spp Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy 199740 171ndash
178 httpjacoxfordjournalsorgcontent402171fullpdf 7 Wu C-J et al Distribution and phenotypic and genotypic detection of a metallo-b-lactamase CphA among bacteraemic Aeromonas isolates Jour-
nal of Medical Microbiology 201261 712ndash719 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22322339 8 Aravena-Romaacuten M et al Antimicrobial susceptibilities of Aeromonas strains isolated from clinical and environmental sources to 26 antimicrobial
agents J Med Microbiol 201261 712-9 httpaacasmorgcontent5621110 9 Rossolini GM et al The Aeromonas metallo-β-lactamases genetics enzymology and contribution to drug resistance Microb Drug Resist 1996 2
245-252 httponlineliebertpubcomdoiabs101089mdr19962245
10 CLSI standard A45-A2 Methods for antimicrobial dilution and disk susceptibility testing for infrequently isolated or fastidious bacteria approved guidelinemdashsecond edition August 2010
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 9 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201364ABCD CULTURE AND MICROSCOPY FOR AFB
Reference laboratory report
Culture results C D
Mycobacterium species isolated 59 0
Mycobacterium species not isolated 10 70
Not result reported 2 1
Participant smear results A B
Negative 17 178
1 - 9100 HPF 115 3
10 - 99100 HPF 47 2
1 - 10HPF 4 -
Table 11 Results for mediamethods used for specimen 4C
Table 9 Participant smear results
Table 10 Participant culture results
Table 12 Molecular Diagnostics
Molecular Diagnostics
C D
Mycobacterium TB Complex DNA amplification Positive
13 0
Mycobacterium TB Complex DNA amplification Negative
1 12
No result reported 1 3
Media Total no inoculated
Number positive
BacTALERT amp 3D 9 6
BD BACTEC MGIT 960 System 43 38
BD BBL MGIT 5 3
Brown amp Buckle 3 1
LJ 32 21
LJ Glycerol 6 5
LJ Pyruvate 15 8
LJ Pyruvate Glycerol 4 3
Ogawa 6 2
Other 10 7
Test A B
AFB stain Ziehl Neelsen
Positive 1-9100 HPF
No AFB seen
C D
Culture Bactec MGIT 960 (BD)L-J
Mycobacterium tuberculosis
present
Mycobacterium species absent
Microscopy Results Slides were prepared in this survey using sputum seeded with Mycobacterium tuberculosis H37Ra The sputum used was examined before inoculation with the M tuberculosis strain using a Ziehl-Neelsen stain and tested for M tuberculosis and MAC by molecular methods and found to be negative Smear 4A Slide 4A contained scanty (1-9100HPF) numbers of AFB It was examined by a reference laboratory and a RCPAQAP scientist The three smears examined by the reference laboratory were confirmed positive and contained 4 1 and 3 AFB100HPF Ten randomly selected smears examined by RCPAQAP contained from 4 to 9 AFB100HPF Most laboratories (91 or 92 when transcription errors were included) reported a positive result with the majority (63) reporting 1-9 AFB100 HPF Three transcription errors were apparent among the 17 negative results reported It is recommended these laboratories carefully review their smears Participants are requested to report AFB counts based on acid fast stains rather than on fluorescent stains Smear 4B Smear 4B contained no AFB and this was confirmed by the reference laboratory and 10 smears examined by a RCPAQAP scientist As already mentioned 3 of the 5 laboratories reporting positive results transcribed them in error The other 2 reported positive results in both smears Culture Results Item 4C Sample 4C contained Mycobacterium tuberculosis and organisms representing normal upper respiratory tract flora such as Staphylococcus epidermidis Neisseria subflava and alpha-haemolytic streptococci Of the 69 participants returning a result the majority (86) reported this sample positive Item 4D Sample 4D contained the above upper respiratory organisms only and no Mycobacteria species All participants returning a result reported it negative for Mycobacteria species Molecular Diagnostics Results Fifteen laboratories performed molecular diagnostics for M tuberculosis (14 laboratories returned results on sample 4C and 12 on 4D) Please refer to Table 12 for participant results All methods used are listed below Gene Expert 2 HAIN (MTBDR) 1 HAIN (Mycobacterium CM) 1 Inhouse PCR 3 ProbeTec 2 qPCR 1 Roche Cobas 1 Seegene 1 Taqman 2 Not stated 1
Table 8 4A-D expected results
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 10 Date of issue 13th November 2013
includes presumptive identification(s)
ITEM 201365 ISOLATE FOR IDENTIFICATION
includes presumptive identification(s)
103 475
1 05
72 332
4 18
3 14
2 09
7 32
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
2 09
1 05
1 05
1 05
14 65
Fig 5b H haemolyticus on HBA copy 2013 RCPA QAP
ITEM 201365 Haemophilus haemolyticus This item contained a pure growth of Haemophilus haemolyticus Homogeneity and stability testing for this organism was satisfactory with bacterial counts for the H haemolyticus remaining above 10 x 1010CFUL throughout the survey
This organism represented an isolate from blood culture collected from a patient with endocarditis H haemolyticus is a human commensal of the nasopharynx in some individuals Some authors find its pathogenicity debatable but it has occasionally been implicated in disease 123 Phenotypically and genotypically it is difficult to distinguish from non-typeable H influenzae except for β-haemolysis on blood agar in the case of H haemolyticus 45678 But even this can be an unreliable characteristic as non-haemolytic strains occur and upon repeated sub-culture this trait may disappear 5910 For this reason it has been suggested that H haemolyticus is more commonly misidentified as H influenzae than is recognised5 Like H influenzae H haemolyticus is a fastidious facultative anaerobe XV-dependent oxidase and catalase positive gram-negative coccobacillus
Fig 5a H haemolyticus on Chocolate Agar copy 2013 RCPA QAP
14
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
2
3
4
72
1
103
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Unable to Identify - Refer
Psychrobacter phenylpyruvicus
Pasteurella species
Other
Kingella kingae
Gram negative rod
Francisella tularensis
Corynebacterium jeikeium
Brucella spp
Bacteroides ureolyticus
Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans
Haemophilus species
Haemophilus parainfluenzae
Haemophilus parahaemolyticus
Haemophilus influenzae type B
Haemophilus influenzae
Haemophilus aegyptius
Haemophilus haemolyticus
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 11 Date of issue 13th November 2013
SUMMARY OF PHENOTYPIC AND BIOCHEMICAL RESULTS 811
Phenotypic characteristics
Gram stain Small gram-positive rods and coccobacilli
Motility RT (BHI broth) non-motile
Colonial appearance on Chocolate agar (CA) 24hrs 10mm beige shiny round entire colonies
Colonial appearance on Horse Blood agar (HBA) 24hrs pinpoint translucent shiny round entire colonies
Pigment pale yellow
Haemolysis β (key distinguishing test if apparent) This isolate was haemolytic on HBA
Catalase positive
Oxidase positive
KIA slope NCNC gas negative
Satellitism XV + V - X - Growth conditions
Growth on HBA 35degC in O2 +
Growth on HBA 35degC in CO2 ++
Growth on HBA 35degC in ANO2 +
Growth on CA 35degC 35degC +++
Growth on MacConkey agar no growth Biochemical tests Rapid substrate utilisation
Urease positive
Nitrate positive
Indole negative
Aesculin negative
ADH negative
LDC negative
ODC negative
Glucose positive
Xylose negative
Mannitol negative
Lactose positive (weak) 11
Sucrose negative
Maltose positive (weak) 11 16S rRNA gene analysis by PCR H haemolyticus with a 99 match Although standard genetic testing may be inadequate to distinguish H influenzae and H haemolyticus because of their genetic similarity1012 the demonstration of β-haemolysis on HBA for this isolate supports the PCR findings A few other Haemophilus species are known to display β-haemolysis on blood agar but they are not X and V-dependent 8 Participant results Two hundred and seventeen participants submitted results for this item with 192 (88) correctly identifying to genus level Under half were able to fully speciate The graph on the previous page illustrates participantsrsquo results Some biochemical tests commonly used by participants to identify include catalase (+) oxidase (+) indole (-) urea (+) growth on MacConkey agar (-) and XV-dependency (+) Many participants correctly identifying H haemolyticus observed the β-haemolytic activity of this isolate on blood agar and made note of it in their comments Identification kitssystems used and success rates in the hands of the users are listed below Please note that success rates may have been influenced by the observation (or lack thereof) of β-haemolysis
API NHmdashBiomerieux 1236 (33) correct H influenzae (24)
BBL Crystal-BD NeisseriaHaemophilus ID Kit 22 (100) correct
MALDI-TOF (Bruker ) 423(17) correct Pasteurella species (1) H influenzae (17) gram-negative rod (1)
MALDI-TOF (VITEK MS) 914 (64) correct H influenzae (4) Haemophilus species (1)
Rapid NH 1528 (54) correct Kingella kingae (1) H aegypticus (1) Haemophilus species (2) H influenzae (8) H parainfluenzae (1)
Sequencing 16S rRNA 78 (88) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 GN 56 (83) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 NH 3150 (62) correct Haemophilus species (1) Unable to identify-refer (1) H influenzae (17)
VITEK NHI 45 (80) correct H influenzae (1)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 12 Date of issue 13th November 2013
References Item 5 1 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin
Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
2 Jordan IK et al Genome sequences for five strains of the emerging pathogen Haemophilus haemolyticus J Bacteriol 2011193 5879ndash5880
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3187195
3 Anderson R et al Haemophilus haemolyticus isolates causing clinical disease J Clin Microbiol 201250 2462-5
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22573587
4 Morton DJ et al An invasive Haemophilus haemolyticus isolate J Clin Microbiol 201250 1502ndash1503
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3318549
5 Agrawal A Murphy TF Haemophilus influenzae infections in the H influenzae type b conjugate vaccine era J Clin Microbiol 201149 3728ndash3732
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3209133
6 Kilian M A taxonomic study of the genus Haemophilus with the proposal of a new species J Gen Microbiol 197693 9ndash62
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed772168
7 Kilian M 2005 Genus III Haemophilus Winslow Broadhurst Buchanan Krumweide Rogers and Smith 1917 561 p 883ndash904 In Brenner DJ Krieg NR Staley JT (ed) Bergeyrsquos manual of systematic bacteriology 2nd ed vol 2 Springer New York NY
8 Ledeboer NA Doern GV 2012 Haemophilus In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC
9 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
10 Murphy TF et al Haemophilus haemolyticus a human respiratory tract commensal to be distinguished from Haemophilus influenzae J Infect Dis 2007195 81ndash 89 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed17152011
11 Identification Reference Laboratory Centre for Infectious Diseases and Microbiology ICPMR Westmead Hospital 12 Binks MJ et al Molecular Surveillance of True Nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae An Evaluation of PCR Screening Assays PLOS
httpwwwplosoneorgarticleinfo3Adoi2F1013712Fjournalpone0034083
13 Duerden B Bennet KW and Faulkner J Isolation of Bacteroides ureolyticus (B corrodens) from clinical infections J Clin Pathol 1982 35 309-312 httpjcpbmjcomcontent353309fullpdf
The most common misidentification by participants was H influenzae (35) because of the phenotypicgenetic similarity of the two species and because of the failure of all kitsidentification systems to differentiate between them Reliance on one type of identification system is discouraged and may lead to incorrect identification of some organisms In this instance β-haemolysis on blood agar facilitated an accurate identification if detected however as already noted it may not always be displayed in this species even in primary cultures H parahaemolyticus reported by three laboratories is also β-haemolytic but unlike H haemolyticus it is V-dependent only (and δ-Aminolevulinic acid (ALA) test negative) as is H parainfluenzae reported by two laboratories which is not β-haemolytic All other false identifications reported do not exhibit X+V dependency or X- or V-dependency The laboratory reporting Corynebacterium jeikeium should note that this is a gram-positive rod B ureolyticus reported by one laboratory is an anaerobic organism with corroding colonies on agar plates 13 Brucella and Francisella tularensis are slow-growing fastidious organisms (also not XV-dependent) that would not be dispatched in this type of QAP
ITEM 201364C CLERICAL ERROR
Clerical Errors reported in Item 201364C Number labs (71)
No error reported 6
Error first name only (correct) in 4C 60(85)
Error first name only in 4D (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + last name (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + unit number (incorrect) 1
Error last name (incorrect) 2
Table 13 Clerical errors reported
Specimen label Karina DANIELS UN 831248 Paperwork Amelia DANIELS UN 831248
The clerical error was placed in item 201364C Mycobacteriology culture As only 95 participants receive 4C and 4D culture vials and only 71 performed testing this clerical error has not been scored
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 13 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201367ABC MYCOLOGY
7A This item contained Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic] (previously T mentagrophytes) 973 correct to genus level 634 correct to species level (required) The Trichophyton species have undergone extensive reclassification in the last 5 years This is because there exists much phenotypic variation but genetic variation is low Most of the species formerly known as T mentagrophytes are now classified within T interdigitale T mentagrophytes still exists but encompasses only the organism previously known as T quinckeanum (T mentagrophytes var quinckeanum) which is associated with mice T interdigitale is recognised as having two ecological groups the anthropophilic and the zoophilic group with the former T mentagrophytes species falls into the zoophilic group For this item T interdigitale and T mentagrophytes were both marked as correct This newly merged species encompasses a wide range of phenotypes which may or may not be observed for a given specimen Sequencing of the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region is the gold standard for identification using reference strains that are correctly named according to the revised taxonomy Chen et al have published a useful book chapter with phenotypic descriptions and recommendations for molecular identification of the revised Trichophyton species1
7A Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
Figures 7A (i-iii) Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic group] (previously T mentagrophytes) may have [7A(i)] numerous single-celled microconidia often in dense clusters along with smooth thin-walled cigar-shaped multicelled macroconidia Microconidia are hyaline smooth-walled and are predominantly spherical to subspherical in shape however occasional clavate to pyriform forms may occur [7A(ii)] varying numbers of spherical chlamydoconidia and [7A (iii)] spiral hyphae may also be observed The zoophilic form of the species tends to have powdery-granular colonies on Sabouraudrsquos lactritmel and 1 peptone media while the anthropophilic form has suede-downy textured colonies
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
5
6
7
14
1
31
1
5
20
13
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Chrysosporium tropicum
Microsporum gypseum
Microsporum persicolor
Trichophyton equinum
Trichophyton terrestre
Trichophyton erinacei
Trichophyton verrucosum
Trichophyton species
Trichophyton rubrum [Worldwide population]
Trichophyton tonsurans
Trichophyton rubrum
Trichophyton mentagrophytes complex
Trichophyton mentagrophytes
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic] and [zoophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale
Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
13 116
20 179
5 45
1 09
31 277
1 09
14 125
7 63
6 54
5 45
2 18
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7A (i)
7A (ii) 7A (iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 14 Date of issue 13th November 2013
7B Cryptococcus neoformans
82 732
8 71
1 09
1 09
5 45
11 98
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7B This item contained Cryptococcus neoformans 964 correct to genus level 812 correct to species level (required) Cryptococcosis is typically caused by either Cryptococcus neoformans or Cryptococcus gattii although occasionally other Cryptococcus species have been implicated C neoformans typically infects the immunocompromised host frequently in the setting of HIV with gt1 million new cases and~600000 deaths per year globally C neoformans is a yeast-like basidiomycete fungus with a distinctive polysaccharide capsule Differentiation from the closely related C gattii is important Presumptive identification is by India Ink stain to highlight the capsule and birdseed agar to observe dark brown colonies
Figure 7B (i-iii) [7B (i)] India Ink stain highlighting the capsule of C neoformansgattii [7B(ii)] Dark brown colonies of C neoformansgattii mixed with white colonies of Candida albicans on birdseed agar [7B(iii)] Canavanine glycine bromothyol blue (CGB) media for distinguishing C neoformans (left) from C gattii (right)
1
1
1
1
11
5
1
1
8
82
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Unable to identify- refer
Candida (not albicans)
Candida glabrata complex
Candida krusei
Cryptococcus neoformansgattii- unable to speciate
Cryptococcus species
Cryptococcus laurentii
Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii
Cryptococcus neoformans var neoformans
Cryptococcus neoformans
81 of labs correctly reported this isolate as Cryptococcus neoformans While no lab reported C gattii 11 labs were unable to differentiate C neoformans from C gattii Epidemiology risk factors and treatment of infections caused by these species are different and accurate identification is important for effective management All labs should seek to differentiate these species using CGB media a validated molecular method or by referral to a reference laboratory API ID32C and Vitek-2 does not distinguish C neoformans from C gattii These species may be differentiated by a number of DNA-based assays MALDI-ToF and canavanine-glycine-bromothymol blue (CGB) media C neoformans does not grow on CGB media which remains yellow whereas C gattii will grow triggering a blue colour change reaction in the media usually within 3 days It is worth noting that some slow growing C gattii isolates may take as long as 10 days to effect the blue colour change and may initially be mis-identified as C neoformans Nine labs unnecessarily attempted to further identify the C neoformans isolate to variety level either Cn var grubii (serotype A molecular types VNI and VNII) or Cn var neoformans (serotype D molecular type VNIV) It is not clear what methods were used to achieve this varietal identification but 8 of the 9 labs incorrectly reported Cn var neoformans In fact the isolate was confirmed by molecular methods to be Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii molecular type VNI The 8 reports of Cn var neoformans may reflect persistence of the now obsolete classification of Cryptococcus neoformans having two varieties var neoformans and var gattii If it is the normal practice of these labs to report to varietal level it would be worthwhile reviewing methods interpretation and reporting procedures
7B (i) 7B (ii) 7B(iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 15 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Reference item 7
1 Chen SC DH Ellis TC Sorrell and W Meyer Chapter 44 Trichophyton In ldquoMolecular Detection of Human Fungal Pathogensrdquo Dongyou Liu (Ed) CRC Press 2011
All mycology isolates were identified by both conventional and molecular techniques
86 768
9 80
1 09
2 18
3 27
3 27
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
2 18
7C Scedosporium prolificans
This item contained Scedosporium prolificans 875 correct to genus level 768 correct to species level (required) Colonies are rapid growing flat spreading olive-grey to black (the culture may contain a mixture of the colurs depending on the age) and have a suede-like to downy surface texture [7C (i)] Conidia are borne in small groups on distinctive basally swollen flask-shaped annellides which occur singly or in clusters along the vegetative hyphae Conidia are single-celled hyaline to pale-brown ovoid to pyriform 2-5 x 3-13 um (average 34-53 um) in size and have smooth thin walls [7C (ii)] Identification of Scedosporium prolificans to
species level is very important due to its intrinsic resistance to most antifungal drugs It may be distinguished from other members of the genus in particular the human pathogen S apiospermum by its basally swollen (inflated) flask-shaped annellides conidia borne in small groups rather than singly and by not growing on media containing cycloheximide (actidione) DNA sequencing (ITS region) will also definitively identify Scedosporium species Three laboratories reported Sporothrix schenckii which is easily distinguished from Scedosporium spp because it is a dimorphic pathogen with a yeast-like phase when grown at 37degC
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
9
86
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Unable to identify- refer
Chaetomium species
Hortaea werneckii
Ochroconis gallopava
Wangiella species
Exophiala species
Exophiala dermatitidis
Sporothrix schenckii
Scedosporium species
Scedosporium aurantiacum
Scedosporium apiospermum (sensu stricto)
Scedosporium prolificans
7C (i) 7C (ii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 9 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201364ABCD CULTURE AND MICROSCOPY FOR AFB
Reference laboratory report
Culture results C D
Mycobacterium species isolated 59 0
Mycobacterium species not isolated 10 70
Not result reported 2 1
Participant smear results A B
Negative 17 178
1 - 9100 HPF 115 3
10 - 99100 HPF 47 2
1 - 10HPF 4 -
Table 11 Results for mediamethods used for specimen 4C
Table 9 Participant smear results
Table 10 Participant culture results
Table 12 Molecular Diagnostics
Molecular Diagnostics
C D
Mycobacterium TB Complex DNA amplification Positive
13 0
Mycobacterium TB Complex DNA amplification Negative
1 12
No result reported 1 3
Media Total no inoculated
Number positive
BacTALERT amp 3D 9 6
BD BACTEC MGIT 960 System 43 38
BD BBL MGIT 5 3
Brown amp Buckle 3 1
LJ 32 21
LJ Glycerol 6 5
LJ Pyruvate 15 8
LJ Pyruvate Glycerol 4 3
Ogawa 6 2
Other 10 7
Test A B
AFB stain Ziehl Neelsen
Positive 1-9100 HPF
No AFB seen
C D
Culture Bactec MGIT 960 (BD)L-J
Mycobacterium tuberculosis
present
Mycobacterium species absent
Microscopy Results Slides were prepared in this survey using sputum seeded with Mycobacterium tuberculosis H37Ra The sputum used was examined before inoculation with the M tuberculosis strain using a Ziehl-Neelsen stain and tested for M tuberculosis and MAC by molecular methods and found to be negative Smear 4A Slide 4A contained scanty (1-9100HPF) numbers of AFB It was examined by a reference laboratory and a RCPAQAP scientist The three smears examined by the reference laboratory were confirmed positive and contained 4 1 and 3 AFB100HPF Ten randomly selected smears examined by RCPAQAP contained from 4 to 9 AFB100HPF Most laboratories (91 or 92 when transcription errors were included) reported a positive result with the majority (63) reporting 1-9 AFB100 HPF Three transcription errors were apparent among the 17 negative results reported It is recommended these laboratories carefully review their smears Participants are requested to report AFB counts based on acid fast stains rather than on fluorescent stains Smear 4B Smear 4B contained no AFB and this was confirmed by the reference laboratory and 10 smears examined by a RCPAQAP scientist As already mentioned 3 of the 5 laboratories reporting positive results transcribed them in error The other 2 reported positive results in both smears Culture Results Item 4C Sample 4C contained Mycobacterium tuberculosis and organisms representing normal upper respiratory tract flora such as Staphylococcus epidermidis Neisseria subflava and alpha-haemolytic streptococci Of the 69 participants returning a result the majority (86) reported this sample positive Item 4D Sample 4D contained the above upper respiratory organisms only and no Mycobacteria species All participants returning a result reported it negative for Mycobacteria species Molecular Diagnostics Results Fifteen laboratories performed molecular diagnostics for M tuberculosis (14 laboratories returned results on sample 4C and 12 on 4D) Please refer to Table 12 for participant results All methods used are listed below Gene Expert 2 HAIN (MTBDR) 1 HAIN (Mycobacterium CM) 1 Inhouse PCR 3 ProbeTec 2 qPCR 1 Roche Cobas 1 Seegene 1 Taqman 2 Not stated 1
Table 8 4A-D expected results
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 10 Date of issue 13th November 2013
includes presumptive identification(s)
ITEM 201365 ISOLATE FOR IDENTIFICATION
includes presumptive identification(s)
103 475
1 05
72 332
4 18
3 14
2 09
7 32
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
2 09
1 05
1 05
1 05
14 65
Fig 5b H haemolyticus on HBA copy 2013 RCPA QAP
ITEM 201365 Haemophilus haemolyticus This item contained a pure growth of Haemophilus haemolyticus Homogeneity and stability testing for this organism was satisfactory with bacterial counts for the H haemolyticus remaining above 10 x 1010CFUL throughout the survey
This organism represented an isolate from blood culture collected from a patient with endocarditis H haemolyticus is a human commensal of the nasopharynx in some individuals Some authors find its pathogenicity debatable but it has occasionally been implicated in disease 123 Phenotypically and genotypically it is difficult to distinguish from non-typeable H influenzae except for β-haemolysis on blood agar in the case of H haemolyticus 45678 But even this can be an unreliable characteristic as non-haemolytic strains occur and upon repeated sub-culture this trait may disappear 5910 For this reason it has been suggested that H haemolyticus is more commonly misidentified as H influenzae than is recognised5 Like H influenzae H haemolyticus is a fastidious facultative anaerobe XV-dependent oxidase and catalase positive gram-negative coccobacillus
Fig 5a H haemolyticus on Chocolate Agar copy 2013 RCPA QAP
14
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
2
3
4
72
1
103
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Unable to Identify - Refer
Psychrobacter phenylpyruvicus
Pasteurella species
Other
Kingella kingae
Gram negative rod
Francisella tularensis
Corynebacterium jeikeium
Brucella spp
Bacteroides ureolyticus
Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans
Haemophilus species
Haemophilus parainfluenzae
Haemophilus parahaemolyticus
Haemophilus influenzae type B
Haemophilus influenzae
Haemophilus aegyptius
Haemophilus haemolyticus
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 11 Date of issue 13th November 2013
SUMMARY OF PHENOTYPIC AND BIOCHEMICAL RESULTS 811
Phenotypic characteristics
Gram stain Small gram-positive rods and coccobacilli
Motility RT (BHI broth) non-motile
Colonial appearance on Chocolate agar (CA) 24hrs 10mm beige shiny round entire colonies
Colonial appearance on Horse Blood agar (HBA) 24hrs pinpoint translucent shiny round entire colonies
Pigment pale yellow
Haemolysis β (key distinguishing test if apparent) This isolate was haemolytic on HBA
Catalase positive
Oxidase positive
KIA slope NCNC gas negative
Satellitism XV + V - X - Growth conditions
Growth on HBA 35degC in O2 +
Growth on HBA 35degC in CO2 ++
Growth on HBA 35degC in ANO2 +
Growth on CA 35degC 35degC +++
Growth on MacConkey agar no growth Biochemical tests Rapid substrate utilisation
Urease positive
Nitrate positive
Indole negative
Aesculin negative
ADH negative
LDC negative
ODC negative
Glucose positive
Xylose negative
Mannitol negative
Lactose positive (weak) 11
Sucrose negative
Maltose positive (weak) 11 16S rRNA gene analysis by PCR H haemolyticus with a 99 match Although standard genetic testing may be inadequate to distinguish H influenzae and H haemolyticus because of their genetic similarity1012 the demonstration of β-haemolysis on HBA for this isolate supports the PCR findings A few other Haemophilus species are known to display β-haemolysis on blood agar but they are not X and V-dependent 8 Participant results Two hundred and seventeen participants submitted results for this item with 192 (88) correctly identifying to genus level Under half were able to fully speciate The graph on the previous page illustrates participantsrsquo results Some biochemical tests commonly used by participants to identify include catalase (+) oxidase (+) indole (-) urea (+) growth on MacConkey agar (-) and XV-dependency (+) Many participants correctly identifying H haemolyticus observed the β-haemolytic activity of this isolate on blood agar and made note of it in their comments Identification kitssystems used and success rates in the hands of the users are listed below Please note that success rates may have been influenced by the observation (or lack thereof) of β-haemolysis
API NHmdashBiomerieux 1236 (33) correct H influenzae (24)
BBL Crystal-BD NeisseriaHaemophilus ID Kit 22 (100) correct
MALDI-TOF (Bruker ) 423(17) correct Pasteurella species (1) H influenzae (17) gram-negative rod (1)
MALDI-TOF (VITEK MS) 914 (64) correct H influenzae (4) Haemophilus species (1)
Rapid NH 1528 (54) correct Kingella kingae (1) H aegypticus (1) Haemophilus species (2) H influenzae (8) H parainfluenzae (1)
Sequencing 16S rRNA 78 (88) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 GN 56 (83) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 NH 3150 (62) correct Haemophilus species (1) Unable to identify-refer (1) H influenzae (17)
VITEK NHI 45 (80) correct H influenzae (1)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 12 Date of issue 13th November 2013
References Item 5 1 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin
Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
2 Jordan IK et al Genome sequences for five strains of the emerging pathogen Haemophilus haemolyticus J Bacteriol 2011193 5879ndash5880
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3187195
3 Anderson R et al Haemophilus haemolyticus isolates causing clinical disease J Clin Microbiol 201250 2462-5
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22573587
4 Morton DJ et al An invasive Haemophilus haemolyticus isolate J Clin Microbiol 201250 1502ndash1503
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3318549
5 Agrawal A Murphy TF Haemophilus influenzae infections in the H influenzae type b conjugate vaccine era J Clin Microbiol 201149 3728ndash3732
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3209133
6 Kilian M A taxonomic study of the genus Haemophilus with the proposal of a new species J Gen Microbiol 197693 9ndash62
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed772168
7 Kilian M 2005 Genus III Haemophilus Winslow Broadhurst Buchanan Krumweide Rogers and Smith 1917 561 p 883ndash904 In Brenner DJ Krieg NR Staley JT (ed) Bergeyrsquos manual of systematic bacteriology 2nd ed vol 2 Springer New York NY
8 Ledeboer NA Doern GV 2012 Haemophilus In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC
9 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
10 Murphy TF et al Haemophilus haemolyticus a human respiratory tract commensal to be distinguished from Haemophilus influenzae J Infect Dis 2007195 81ndash 89 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed17152011
11 Identification Reference Laboratory Centre for Infectious Diseases and Microbiology ICPMR Westmead Hospital 12 Binks MJ et al Molecular Surveillance of True Nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae An Evaluation of PCR Screening Assays PLOS
httpwwwplosoneorgarticleinfo3Adoi2F1013712Fjournalpone0034083
13 Duerden B Bennet KW and Faulkner J Isolation of Bacteroides ureolyticus (B corrodens) from clinical infections J Clin Pathol 1982 35 309-312 httpjcpbmjcomcontent353309fullpdf
The most common misidentification by participants was H influenzae (35) because of the phenotypicgenetic similarity of the two species and because of the failure of all kitsidentification systems to differentiate between them Reliance on one type of identification system is discouraged and may lead to incorrect identification of some organisms In this instance β-haemolysis on blood agar facilitated an accurate identification if detected however as already noted it may not always be displayed in this species even in primary cultures H parahaemolyticus reported by three laboratories is also β-haemolytic but unlike H haemolyticus it is V-dependent only (and δ-Aminolevulinic acid (ALA) test negative) as is H parainfluenzae reported by two laboratories which is not β-haemolytic All other false identifications reported do not exhibit X+V dependency or X- or V-dependency The laboratory reporting Corynebacterium jeikeium should note that this is a gram-positive rod B ureolyticus reported by one laboratory is an anaerobic organism with corroding colonies on agar plates 13 Brucella and Francisella tularensis are slow-growing fastidious organisms (also not XV-dependent) that would not be dispatched in this type of QAP
ITEM 201364C CLERICAL ERROR
Clerical Errors reported in Item 201364C Number labs (71)
No error reported 6
Error first name only (correct) in 4C 60(85)
Error first name only in 4D (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + last name (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + unit number (incorrect) 1
Error last name (incorrect) 2
Table 13 Clerical errors reported
Specimen label Karina DANIELS UN 831248 Paperwork Amelia DANIELS UN 831248
The clerical error was placed in item 201364C Mycobacteriology culture As only 95 participants receive 4C and 4D culture vials and only 71 performed testing this clerical error has not been scored
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 13 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201367ABC MYCOLOGY
7A This item contained Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic] (previously T mentagrophytes) 973 correct to genus level 634 correct to species level (required) The Trichophyton species have undergone extensive reclassification in the last 5 years This is because there exists much phenotypic variation but genetic variation is low Most of the species formerly known as T mentagrophytes are now classified within T interdigitale T mentagrophytes still exists but encompasses only the organism previously known as T quinckeanum (T mentagrophytes var quinckeanum) which is associated with mice T interdigitale is recognised as having two ecological groups the anthropophilic and the zoophilic group with the former T mentagrophytes species falls into the zoophilic group For this item T interdigitale and T mentagrophytes were both marked as correct This newly merged species encompasses a wide range of phenotypes which may or may not be observed for a given specimen Sequencing of the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region is the gold standard for identification using reference strains that are correctly named according to the revised taxonomy Chen et al have published a useful book chapter with phenotypic descriptions and recommendations for molecular identification of the revised Trichophyton species1
7A Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
Figures 7A (i-iii) Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic group] (previously T mentagrophytes) may have [7A(i)] numerous single-celled microconidia often in dense clusters along with smooth thin-walled cigar-shaped multicelled macroconidia Microconidia are hyaline smooth-walled and are predominantly spherical to subspherical in shape however occasional clavate to pyriform forms may occur [7A(ii)] varying numbers of spherical chlamydoconidia and [7A (iii)] spiral hyphae may also be observed The zoophilic form of the species tends to have powdery-granular colonies on Sabouraudrsquos lactritmel and 1 peptone media while the anthropophilic form has suede-downy textured colonies
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
5
6
7
14
1
31
1
5
20
13
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Chrysosporium tropicum
Microsporum gypseum
Microsporum persicolor
Trichophyton equinum
Trichophyton terrestre
Trichophyton erinacei
Trichophyton verrucosum
Trichophyton species
Trichophyton rubrum [Worldwide population]
Trichophyton tonsurans
Trichophyton rubrum
Trichophyton mentagrophytes complex
Trichophyton mentagrophytes
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic] and [zoophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale
Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
13 116
20 179
5 45
1 09
31 277
1 09
14 125
7 63
6 54
5 45
2 18
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7A (i)
7A (ii) 7A (iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 14 Date of issue 13th November 2013
7B Cryptococcus neoformans
82 732
8 71
1 09
1 09
5 45
11 98
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7B This item contained Cryptococcus neoformans 964 correct to genus level 812 correct to species level (required) Cryptococcosis is typically caused by either Cryptococcus neoformans or Cryptococcus gattii although occasionally other Cryptococcus species have been implicated C neoformans typically infects the immunocompromised host frequently in the setting of HIV with gt1 million new cases and~600000 deaths per year globally C neoformans is a yeast-like basidiomycete fungus with a distinctive polysaccharide capsule Differentiation from the closely related C gattii is important Presumptive identification is by India Ink stain to highlight the capsule and birdseed agar to observe dark brown colonies
Figure 7B (i-iii) [7B (i)] India Ink stain highlighting the capsule of C neoformansgattii [7B(ii)] Dark brown colonies of C neoformansgattii mixed with white colonies of Candida albicans on birdseed agar [7B(iii)] Canavanine glycine bromothyol blue (CGB) media for distinguishing C neoformans (left) from C gattii (right)
1
1
1
1
11
5
1
1
8
82
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Unable to identify- refer
Candida (not albicans)
Candida glabrata complex
Candida krusei
Cryptococcus neoformansgattii- unable to speciate
Cryptococcus species
Cryptococcus laurentii
Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii
Cryptococcus neoformans var neoformans
Cryptococcus neoformans
81 of labs correctly reported this isolate as Cryptococcus neoformans While no lab reported C gattii 11 labs were unable to differentiate C neoformans from C gattii Epidemiology risk factors and treatment of infections caused by these species are different and accurate identification is important for effective management All labs should seek to differentiate these species using CGB media a validated molecular method or by referral to a reference laboratory API ID32C and Vitek-2 does not distinguish C neoformans from C gattii These species may be differentiated by a number of DNA-based assays MALDI-ToF and canavanine-glycine-bromothymol blue (CGB) media C neoformans does not grow on CGB media which remains yellow whereas C gattii will grow triggering a blue colour change reaction in the media usually within 3 days It is worth noting that some slow growing C gattii isolates may take as long as 10 days to effect the blue colour change and may initially be mis-identified as C neoformans Nine labs unnecessarily attempted to further identify the C neoformans isolate to variety level either Cn var grubii (serotype A molecular types VNI and VNII) or Cn var neoformans (serotype D molecular type VNIV) It is not clear what methods were used to achieve this varietal identification but 8 of the 9 labs incorrectly reported Cn var neoformans In fact the isolate was confirmed by molecular methods to be Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii molecular type VNI The 8 reports of Cn var neoformans may reflect persistence of the now obsolete classification of Cryptococcus neoformans having two varieties var neoformans and var gattii If it is the normal practice of these labs to report to varietal level it would be worthwhile reviewing methods interpretation and reporting procedures
7B (i) 7B (ii) 7B(iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 15 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Reference item 7
1 Chen SC DH Ellis TC Sorrell and W Meyer Chapter 44 Trichophyton In ldquoMolecular Detection of Human Fungal Pathogensrdquo Dongyou Liu (Ed) CRC Press 2011
All mycology isolates were identified by both conventional and molecular techniques
86 768
9 80
1 09
2 18
3 27
3 27
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
2 18
7C Scedosporium prolificans
This item contained Scedosporium prolificans 875 correct to genus level 768 correct to species level (required) Colonies are rapid growing flat spreading olive-grey to black (the culture may contain a mixture of the colurs depending on the age) and have a suede-like to downy surface texture [7C (i)] Conidia are borne in small groups on distinctive basally swollen flask-shaped annellides which occur singly or in clusters along the vegetative hyphae Conidia are single-celled hyaline to pale-brown ovoid to pyriform 2-5 x 3-13 um (average 34-53 um) in size and have smooth thin walls [7C (ii)] Identification of Scedosporium prolificans to
species level is very important due to its intrinsic resistance to most antifungal drugs It may be distinguished from other members of the genus in particular the human pathogen S apiospermum by its basally swollen (inflated) flask-shaped annellides conidia borne in small groups rather than singly and by not growing on media containing cycloheximide (actidione) DNA sequencing (ITS region) will also definitively identify Scedosporium species Three laboratories reported Sporothrix schenckii which is easily distinguished from Scedosporium spp because it is a dimorphic pathogen with a yeast-like phase when grown at 37degC
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
9
86
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Unable to identify- refer
Chaetomium species
Hortaea werneckii
Ochroconis gallopava
Wangiella species
Exophiala species
Exophiala dermatitidis
Sporothrix schenckii
Scedosporium species
Scedosporium aurantiacum
Scedosporium apiospermum (sensu stricto)
Scedosporium prolificans
7C (i) 7C (ii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 10 Date of issue 13th November 2013
includes presumptive identification(s)
ITEM 201365 ISOLATE FOR IDENTIFICATION
includes presumptive identification(s)
103 475
1 05
72 332
4 18
3 14
2 09
7 32
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
1 05
2 09
1 05
1 05
1 05
14 65
Fig 5b H haemolyticus on HBA copy 2013 RCPA QAP
ITEM 201365 Haemophilus haemolyticus This item contained a pure growth of Haemophilus haemolyticus Homogeneity and stability testing for this organism was satisfactory with bacterial counts for the H haemolyticus remaining above 10 x 1010CFUL throughout the survey
This organism represented an isolate from blood culture collected from a patient with endocarditis H haemolyticus is a human commensal of the nasopharynx in some individuals Some authors find its pathogenicity debatable but it has occasionally been implicated in disease 123 Phenotypically and genotypically it is difficult to distinguish from non-typeable H influenzae except for β-haemolysis on blood agar in the case of H haemolyticus 45678 But even this can be an unreliable characteristic as non-haemolytic strains occur and upon repeated sub-culture this trait may disappear 5910 For this reason it has been suggested that H haemolyticus is more commonly misidentified as H influenzae than is recognised5 Like H influenzae H haemolyticus is a fastidious facultative anaerobe XV-dependent oxidase and catalase positive gram-negative coccobacillus
Fig 5a H haemolyticus on Chocolate Agar copy 2013 RCPA QAP
14
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
2
3
4
72
1
103
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Unable to Identify - Refer
Psychrobacter phenylpyruvicus
Pasteurella species
Other
Kingella kingae
Gram negative rod
Francisella tularensis
Corynebacterium jeikeium
Brucella spp
Bacteroides ureolyticus
Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans
Haemophilus species
Haemophilus parainfluenzae
Haemophilus parahaemolyticus
Haemophilus influenzae type B
Haemophilus influenzae
Haemophilus aegyptius
Haemophilus haemolyticus
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 11 Date of issue 13th November 2013
SUMMARY OF PHENOTYPIC AND BIOCHEMICAL RESULTS 811
Phenotypic characteristics
Gram stain Small gram-positive rods and coccobacilli
Motility RT (BHI broth) non-motile
Colonial appearance on Chocolate agar (CA) 24hrs 10mm beige shiny round entire colonies
Colonial appearance on Horse Blood agar (HBA) 24hrs pinpoint translucent shiny round entire colonies
Pigment pale yellow
Haemolysis β (key distinguishing test if apparent) This isolate was haemolytic on HBA
Catalase positive
Oxidase positive
KIA slope NCNC gas negative
Satellitism XV + V - X - Growth conditions
Growth on HBA 35degC in O2 +
Growth on HBA 35degC in CO2 ++
Growth on HBA 35degC in ANO2 +
Growth on CA 35degC 35degC +++
Growth on MacConkey agar no growth Biochemical tests Rapid substrate utilisation
Urease positive
Nitrate positive
Indole negative
Aesculin negative
ADH negative
LDC negative
ODC negative
Glucose positive
Xylose negative
Mannitol negative
Lactose positive (weak) 11
Sucrose negative
Maltose positive (weak) 11 16S rRNA gene analysis by PCR H haemolyticus with a 99 match Although standard genetic testing may be inadequate to distinguish H influenzae and H haemolyticus because of their genetic similarity1012 the demonstration of β-haemolysis on HBA for this isolate supports the PCR findings A few other Haemophilus species are known to display β-haemolysis on blood agar but they are not X and V-dependent 8 Participant results Two hundred and seventeen participants submitted results for this item with 192 (88) correctly identifying to genus level Under half were able to fully speciate The graph on the previous page illustrates participantsrsquo results Some biochemical tests commonly used by participants to identify include catalase (+) oxidase (+) indole (-) urea (+) growth on MacConkey agar (-) and XV-dependency (+) Many participants correctly identifying H haemolyticus observed the β-haemolytic activity of this isolate on blood agar and made note of it in their comments Identification kitssystems used and success rates in the hands of the users are listed below Please note that success rates may have been influenced by the observation (or lack thereof) of β-haemolysis
API NHmdashBiomerieux 1236 (33) correct H influenzae (24)
BBL Crystal-BD NeisseriaHaemophilus ID Kit 22 (100) correct
MALDI-TOF (Bruker ) 423(17) correct Pasteurella species (1) H influenzae (17) gram-negative rod (1)
MALDI-TOF (VITEK MS) 914 (64) correct H influenzae (4) Haemophilus species (1)
Rapid NH 1528 (54) correct Kingella kingae (1) H aegypticus (1) Haemophilus species (2) H influenzae (8) H parainfluenzae (1)
Sequencing 16S rRNA 78 (88) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 GN 56 (83) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 NH 3150 (62) correct Haemophilus species (1) Unable to identify-refer (1) H influenzae (17)
VITEK NHI 45 (80) correct H influenzae (1)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 12 Date of issue 13th November 2013
References Item 5 1 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin
Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
2 Jordan IK et al Genome sequences for five strains of the emerging pathogen Haemophilus haemolyticus J Bacteriol 2011193 5879ndash5880
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3187195
3 Anderson R et al Haemophilus haemolyticus isolates causing clinical disease J Clin Microbiol 201250 2462-5
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22573587
4 Morton DJ et al An invasive Haemophilus haemolyticus isolate J Clin Microbiol 201250 1502ndash1503
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3318549
5 Agrawal A Murphy TF Haemophilus influenzae infections in the H influenzae type b conjugate vaccine era J Clin Microbiol 201149 3728ndash3732
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3209133
6 Kilian M A taxonomic study of the genus Haemophilus with the proposal of a new species J Gen Microbiol 197693 9ndash62
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed772168
7 Kilian M 2005 Genus III Haemophilus Winslow Broadhurst Buchanan Krumweide Rogers and Smith 1917 561 p 883ndash904 In Brenner DJ Krieg NR Staley JT (ed) Bergeyrsquos manual of systematic bacteriology 2nd ed vol 2 Springer New York NY
8 Ledeboer NA Doern GV 2012 Haemophilus In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC
9 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
10 Murphy TF et al Haemophilus haemolyticus a human respiratory tract commensal to be distinguished from Haemophilus influenzae J Infect Dis 2007195 81ndash 89 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed17152011
11 Identification Reference Laboratory Centre for Infectious Diseases and Microbiology ICPMR Westmead Hospital 12 Binks MJ et al Molecular Surveillance of True Nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae An Evaluation of PCR Screening Assays PLOS
httpwwwplosoneorgarticleinfo3Adoi2F1013712Fjournalpone0034083
13 Duerden B Bennet KW and Faulkner J Isolation of Bacteroides ureolyticus (B corrodens) from clinical infections J Clin Pathol 1982 35 309-312 httpjcpbmjcomcontent353309fullpdf
The most common misidentification by participants was H influenzae (35) because of the phenotypicgenetic similarity of the two species and because of the failure of all kitsidentification systems to differentiate between them Reliance on one type of identification system is discouraged and may lead to incorrect identification of some organisms In this instance β-haemolysis on blood agar facilitated an accurate identification if detected however as already noted it may not always be displayed in this species even in primary cultures H parahaemolyticus reported by three laboratories is also β-haemolytic but unlike H haemolyticus it is V-dependent only (and δ-Aminolevulinic acid (ALA) test negative) as is H parainfluenzae reported by two laboratories which is not β-haemolytic All other false identifications reported do not exhibit X+V dependency or X- or V-dependency The laboratory reporting Corynebacterium jeikeium should note that this is a gram-positive rod B ureolyticus reported by one laboratory is an anaerobic organism with corroding colonies on agar plates 13 Brucella and Francisella tularensis are slow-growing fastidious organisms (also not XV-dependent) that would not be dispatched in this type of QAP
ITEM 201364C CLERICAL ERROR
Clerical Errors reported in Item 201364C Number labs (71)
No error reported 6
Error first name only (correct) in 4C 60(85)
Error first name only in 4D (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + last name (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + unit number (incorrect) 1
Error last name (incorrect) 2
Table 13 Clerical errors reported
Specimen label Karina DANIELS UN 831248 Paperwork Amelia DANIELS UN 831248
The clerical error was placed in item 201364C Mycobacteriology culture As only 95 participants receive 4C and 4D culture vials and only 71 performed testing this clerical error has not been scored
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 13 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201367ABC MYCOLOGY
7A This item contained Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic] (previously T mentagrophytes) 973 correct to genus level 634 correct to species level (required) The Trichophyton species have undergone extensive reclassification in the last 5 years This is because there exists much phenotypic variation but genetic variation is low Most of the species formerly known as T mentagrophytes are now classified within T interdigitale T mentagrophytes still exists but encompasses only the organism previously known as T quinckeanum (T mentagrophytes var quinckeanum) which is associated with mice T interdigitale is recognised as having two ecological groups the anthropophilic and the zoophilic group with the former T mentagrophytes species falls into the zoophilic group For this item T interdigitale and T mentagrophytes were both marked as correct This newly merged species encompasses a wide range of phenotypes which may or may not be observed for a given specimen Sequencing of the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region is the gold standard for identification using reference strains that are correctly named according to the revised taxonomy Chen et al have published a useful book chapter with phenotypic descriptions and recommendations for molecular identification of the revised Trichophyton species1
7A Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
Figures 7A (i-iii) Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic group] (previously T mentagrophytes) may have [7A(i)] numerous single-celled microconidia often in dense clusters along with smooth thin-walled cigar-shaped multicelled macroconidia Microconidia are hyaline smooth-walled and are predominantly spherical to subspherical in shape however occasional clavate to pyriform forms may occur [7A(ii)] varying numbers of spherical chlamydoconidia and [7A (iii)] spiral hyphae may also be observed The zoophilic form of the species tends to have powdery-granular colonies on Sabouraudrsquos lactritmel and 1 peptone media while the anthropophilic form has suede-downy textured colonies
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
5
6
7
14
1
31
1
5
20
13
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Chrysosporium tropicum
Microsporum gypseum
Microsporum persicolor
Trichophyton equinum
Trichophyton terrestre
Trichophyton erinacei
Trichophyton verrucosum
Trichophyton species
Trichophyton rubrum [Worldwide population]
Trichophyton tonsurans
Trichophyton rubrum
Trichophyton mentagrophytes complex
Trichophyton mentagrophytes
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic] and [zoophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale
Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
13 116
20 179
5 45
1 09
31 277
1 09
14 125
7 63
6 54
5 45
2 18
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7A (i)
7A (ii) 7A (iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 14 Date of issue 13th November 2013
7B Cryptococcus neoformans
82 732
8 71
1 09
1 09
5 45
11 98
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7B This item contained Cryptococcus neoformans 964 correct to genus level 812 correct to species level (required) Cryptococcosis is typically caused by either Cryptococcus neoformans or Cryptococcus gattii although occasionally other Cryptococcus species have been implicated C neoformans typically infects the immunocompromised host frequently in the setting of HIV with gt1 million new cases and~600000 deaths per year globally C neoformans is a yeast-like basidiomycete fungus with a distinctive polysaccharide capsule Differentiation from the closely related C gattii is important Presumptive identification is by India Ink stain to highlight the capsule and birdseed agar to observe dark brown colonies
Figure 7B (i-iii) [7B (i)] India Ink stain highlighting the capsule of C neoformansgattii [7B(ii)] Dark brown colonies of C neoformansgattii mixed with white colonies of Candida albicans on birdseed agar [7B(iii)] Canavanine glycine bromothyol blue (CGB) media for distinguishing C neoformans (left) from C gattii (right)
1
1
1
1
11
5
1
1
8
82
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Unable to identify- refer
Candida (not albicans)
Candida glabrata complex
Candida krusei
Cryptococcus neoformansgattii- unable to speciate
Cryptococcus species
Cryptococcus laurentii
Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii
Cryptococcus neoformans var neoformans
Cryptococcus neoformans
81 of labs correctly reported this isolate as Cryptococcus neoformans While no lab reported C gattii 11 labs were unable to differentiate C neoformans from C gattii Epidemiology risk factors and treatment of infections caused by these species are different and accurate identification is important for effective management All labs should seek to differentiate these species using CGB media a validated molecular method or by referral to a reference laboratory API ID32C and Vitek-2 does not distinguish C neoformans from C gattii These species may be differentiated by a number of DNA-based assays MALDI-ToF and canavanine-glycine-bromothymol blue (CGB) media C neoformans does not grow on CGB media which remains yellow whereas C gattii will grow triggering a blue colour change reaction in the media usually within 3 days It is worth noting that some slow growing C gattii isolates may take as long as 10 days to effect the blue colour change and may initially be mis-identified as C neoformans Nine labs unnecessarily attempted to further identify the C neoformans isolate to variety level either Cn var grubii (serotype A molecular types VNI and VNII) or Cn var neoformans (serotype D molecular type VNIV) It is not clear what methods were used to achieve this varietal identification but 8 of the 9 labs incorrectly reported Cn var neoformans In fact the isolate was confirmed by molecular methods to be Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii molecular type VNI The 8 reports of Cn var neoformans may reflect persistence of the now obsolete classification of Cryptococcus neoformans having two varieties var neoformans and var gattii If it is the normal practice of these labs to report to varietal level it would be worthwhile reviewing methods interpretation and reporting procedures
7B (i) 7B (ii) 7B(iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 15 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Reference item 7
1 Chen SC DH Ellis TC Sorrell and W Meyer Chapter 44 Trichophyton In ldquoMolecular Detection of Human Fungal Pathogensrdquo Dongyou Liu (Ed) CRC Press 2011
All mycology isolates were identified by both conventional and molecular techniques
86 768
9 80
1 09
2 18
3 27
3 27
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
2 18
7C Scedosporium prolificans
This item contained Scedosporium prolificans 875 correct to genus level 768 correct to species level (required) Colonies are rapid growing flat spreading olive-grey to black (the culture may contain a mixture of the colurs depending on the age) and have a suede-like to downy surface texture [7C (i)] Conidia are borne in small groups on distinctive basally swollen flask-shaped annellides which occur singly or in clusters along the vegetative hyphae Conidia are single-celled hyaline to pale-brown ovoid to pyriform 2-5 x 3-13 um (average 34-53 um) in size and have smooth thin walls [7C (ii)] Identification of Scedosporium prolificans to
species level is very important due to its intrinsic resistance to most antifungal drugs It may be distinguished from other members of the genus in particular the human pathogen S apiospermum by its basally swollen (inflated) flask-shaped annellides conidia borne in small groups rather than singly and by not growing on media containing cycloheximide (actidione) DNA sequencing (ITS region) will also definitively identify Scedosporium species Three laboratories reported Sporothrix schenckii which is easily distinguished from Scedosporium spp because it is a dimorphic pathogen with a yeast-like phase when grown at 37degC
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
9
86
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Unable to identify- refer
Chaetomium species
Hortaea werneckii
Ochroconis gallopava
Wangiella species
Exophiala species
Exophiala dermatitidis
Sporothrix schenckii
Scedosporium species
Scedosporium aurantiacum
Scedosporium apiospermum (sensu stricto)
Scedosporium prolificans
7C (i) 7C (ii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 11 Date of issue 13th November 2013
SUMMARY OF PHENOTYPIC AND BIOCHEMICAL RESULTS 811
Phenotypic characteristics
Gram stain Small gram-positive rods and coccobacilli
Motility RT (BHI broth) non-motile
Colonial appearance on Chocolate agar (CA) 24hrs 10mm beige shiny round entire colonies
Colonial appearance on Horse Blood agar (HBA) 24hrs pinpoint translucent shiny round entire colonies
Pigment pale yellow
Haemolysis β (key distinguishing test if apparent) This isolate was haemolytic on HBA
Catalase positive
Oxidase positive
KIA slope NCNC gas negative
Satellitism XV + V - X - Growth conditions
Growth on HBA 35degC in O2 +
Growth on HBA 35degC in CO2 ++
Growth on HBA 35degC in ANO2 +
Growth on CA 35degC 35degC +++
Growth on MacConkey agar no growth Biochemical tests Rapid substrate utilisation
Urease positive
Nitrate positive
Indole negative
Aesculin negative
ADH negative
LDC negative
ODC negative
Glucose positive
Xylose negative
Mannitol negative
Lactose positive (weak) 11
Sucrose negative
Maltose positive (weak) 11 16S rRNA gene analysis by PCR H haemolyticus with a 99 match Although standard genetic testing may be inadequate to distinguish H influenzae and H haemolyticus because of their genetic similarity1012 the demonstration of β-haemolysis on HBA for this isolate supports the PCR findings A few other Haemophilus species are known to display β-haemolysis on blood agar but they are not X and V-dependent 8 Participant results Two hundred and seventeen participants submitted results for this item with 192 (88) correctly identifying to genus level Under half were able to fully speciate The graph on the previous page illustrates participantsrsquo results Some biochemical tests commonly used by participants to identify include catalase (+) oxidase (+) indole (-) urea (+) growth on MacConkey agar (-) and XV-dependency (+) Many participants correctly identifying H haemolyticus observed the β-haemolytic activity of this isolate on blood agar and made note of it in their comments Identification kitssystems used and success rates in the hands of the users are listed below Please note that success rates may have been influenced by the observation (or lack thereof) of β-haemolysis
API NHmdashBiomerieux 1236 (33) correct H influenzae (24)
BBL Crystal-BD NeisseriaHaemophilus ID Kit 22 (100) correct
MALDI-TOF (Bruker ) 423(17) correct Pasteurella species (1) H influenzae (17) gram-negative rod (1)
MALDI-TOF (VITEK MS) 914 (64) correct H influenzae (4) Haemophilus species (1)
Rapid NH 1528 (54) correct Kingella kingae (1) H aegypticus (1) Haemophilus species (2) H influenzae (8) H parainfluenzae (1)
Sequencing 16S rRNA 78 (88) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 GN 56 (83) correct H influenzae (1)
VITEK2 NH 3150 (62) correct Haemophilus species (1) Unable to identify-refer (1) H influenzae (17)
VITEK NHI 45 (80) correct H influenzae (1)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 12 Date of issue 13th November 2013
References Item 5 1 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin
Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
2 Jordan IK et al Genome sequences for five strains of the emerging pathogen Haemophilus haemolyticus J Bacteriol 2011193 5879ndash5880
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3187195
3 Anderson R et al Haemophilus haemolyticus isolates causing clinical disease J Clin Microbiol 201250 2462-5
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22573587
4 Morton DJ et al An invasive Haemophilus haemolyticus isolate J Clin Microbiol 201250 1502ndash1503
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3318549
5 Agrawal A Murphy TF Haemophilus influenzae infections in the H influenzae type b conjugate vaccine era J Clin Microbiol 201149 3728ndash3732
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3209133
6 Kilian M A taxonomic study of the genus Haemophilus with the proposal of a new species J Gen Microbiol 197693 9ndash62
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed772168
7 Kilian M 2005 Genus III Haemophilus Winslow Broadhurst Buchanan Krumweide Rogers and Smith 1917 561 p 883ndash904 In Brenner DJ Krieg NR Staley JT (ed) Bergeyrsquos manual of systematic bacteriology 2nd ed vol 2 Springer New York NY
8 Ledeboer NA Doern GV 2012 Haemophilus In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC
9 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
10 Murphy TF et al Haemophilus haemolyticus a human respiratory tract commensal to be distinguished from Haemophilus influenzae J Infect Dis 2007195 81ndash 89 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed17152011
11 Identification Reference Laboratory Centre for Infectious Diseases and Microbiology ICPMR Westmead Hospital 12 Binks MJ et al Molecular Surveillance of True Nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae An Evaluation of PCR Screening Assays PLOS
httpwwwplosoneorgarticleinfo3Adoi2F1013712Fjournalpone0034083
13 Duerden B Bennet KW and Faulkner J Isolation of Bacteroides ureolyticus (B corrodens) from clinical infections J Clin Pathol 1982 35 309-312 httpjcpbmjcomcontent353309fullpdf
The most common misidentification by participants was H influenzae (35) because of the phenotypicgenetic similarity of the two species and because of the failure of all kitsidentification systems to differentiate between them Reliance on one type of identification system is discouraged and may lead to incorrect identification of some organisms In this instance β-haemolysis on blood agar facilitated an accurate identification if detected however as already noted it may not always be displayed in this species even in primary cultures H parahaemolyticus reported by three laboratories is also β-haemolytic but unlike H haemolyticus it is V-dependent only (and δ-Aminolevulinic acid (ALA) test negative) as is H parainfluenzae reported by two laboratories which is not β-haemolytic All other false identifications reported do not exhibit X+V dependency or X- or V-dependency The laboratory reporting Corynebacterium jeikeium should note that this is a gram-positive rod B ureolyticus reported by one laboratory is an anaerobic organism with corroding colonies on agar plates 13 Brucella and Francisella tularensis are slow-growing fastidious organisms (also not XV-dependent) that would not be dispatched in this type of QAP
ITEM 201364C CLERICAL ERROR
Clerical Errors reported in Item 201364C Number labs (71)
No error reported 6
Error first name only (correct) in 4C 60(85)
Error first name only in 4D (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + last name (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + unit number (incorrect) 1
Error last name (incorrect) 2
Table 13 Clerical errors reported
Specimen label Karina DANIELS UN 831248 Paperwork Amelia DANIELS UN 831248
The clerical error was placed in item 201364C Mycobacteriology culture As only 95 participants receive 4C and 4D culture vials and only 71 performed testing this clerical error has not been scored
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 13 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201367ABC MYCOLOGY
7A This item contained Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic] (previously T mentagrophytes) 973 correct to genus level 634 correct to species level (required) The Trichophyton species have undergone extensive reclassification in the last 5 years This is because there exists much phenotypic variation but genetic variation is low Most of the species formerly known as T mentagrophytes are now classified within T interdigitale T mentagrophytes still exists but encompasses only the organism previously known as T quinckeanum (T mentagrophytes var quinckeanum) which is associated with mice T interdigitale is recognised as having two ecological groups the anthropophilic and the zoophilic group with the former T mentagrophytes species falls into the zoophilic group For this item T interdigitale and T mentagrophytes were both marked as correct This newly merged species encompasses a wide range of phenotypes which may or may not be observed for a given specimen Sequencing of the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region is the gold standard for identification using reference strains that are correctly named according to the revised taxonomy Chen et al have published a useful book chapter with phenotypic descriptions and recommendations for molecular identification of the revised Trichophyton species1
7A Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
Figures 7A (i-iii) Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic group] (previously T mentagrophytes) may have [7A(i)] numerous single-celled microconidia often in dense clusters along with smooth thin-walled cigar-shaped multicelled macroconidia Microconidia are hyaline smooth-walled and are predominantly spherical to subspherical in shape however occasional clavate to pyriform forms may occur [7A(ii)] varying numbers of spherical chlamydoconidia and [7A (iii)] spiral hyphae may also be observed The zoophilic form of the species tends to have powdery-granular colonies on Sabouraudrsquos lactritmel and 1 peptone media while the anthropophilic form has suede-downy textured colonies
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
5
6
7
14
1
31
1
5
20
13
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Chrysosporium tropicum
Microsporum gypseum
Microsporum persicolor
Trichophyton equinum
Trichophyton terrestre
Trichophyton erinacei
Trichophyton verrucosum
Trichophyton species
Trichophyton rubrum [Worldwide population]
Trichophyton tonsurans
Trichophyton rubrum
Trichophyton mentagrophytes complex
Trichophyton mentagrophytes
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic] and [zoophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale
Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
13 116
20 179
5 45
1 09
31 277
1 09
14 125
7 63
6 54
5 45
2 18
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7A (i)
7A (ii) 7A (iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 14 Date of issue 13th November 2013
7B Cryptococcus neoformans
82 732
8 71
1 09
1 09
5 45
11 98
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7B This item contained Cryptococcus neoformans 964 correct to genus level 812 correct to species level (required) Cryptococcosis is typically caused by either Cryptococcus neoformans or Cryptococcus gattii although occasionally other Cryptococcus species have been implicated C neoformans typically infects the immunocompromised host frequently in the setting of HIV with gt1 million new cases and~600000 deaths per year globally C neoformans is a yeast-like basidiomycete fungus with a distinctive polysaccharide capsule Differentiation from the closely related C gattii is important Presumptive identification is by India Ink stain to highlight the capsule and birdseed agar to observe dark brown colonies
Figure 7B (i-iii) [7B (i)] India Ink stain highlighting the capsule of C neoformansgattii [7B(ii)] Dark brown colonies of C neoformansgattii mixed with white colonies of Candida albicans on birdseed agar [7B(iii)] Canavanine glycine bromothyol blue (CGB) media for distinguishing C neoformans (left) from C gattii (right)
1
1
1
1
11
5
1
1
8
82
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Unable to identify- refer
Candida (not albicans)
Candida glabrata complex
Candida krusei
Cryptococcus neoformansgattii- unable to speciate
Cryptococcus species
Cryptococcus laurentii
Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii
Cryptococcus neoformans var neoformans
Cryptococcus neoformans
81 of labs correctly reported this isolate as Cryptococcus neoformans While no lab reported C gattii 11 labs were unable to differentiate C neoformans from C gattii Epidemiology risk factors and treatment of infections caused by these species are different and accurate identification is important for effective management All labs should seek to differentiate these species using CGB media a validated molecular method or by referral to a reference laboratory API ID32C and Vitek-2 does not distinguish C neoformans from C gattii These species may be differentiated by a number of DNA-based assays MALDI-ToF and canavanine-glycine-bromothymol blue (CGB) media C neoformans does not grow on CGB media which remains yellow whereas C gattii will grow triggering a blue colour change reaction in the media usually within 3 days It is worth noting that some slow growing C gattii isolates may take as long as 10 days to effect the blue colour change and may initially be mis-identified as C neoformans Nine labs unnecessarily attempted to further identify the C neoformans isolate to variety level either Cn var grubii (serotype A molecular types VNI and VNII) or Cn var neoformans (serotype D molecular type VNIV) It is not clear what methods were used to achieve this varietal identification but 8 of the 9 labs incorrectly reported Cn var neoformans In fact the isolate was confirmed by molecular methods to be Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii molecular type VNI The 8 reports of Cn var neoformans may reflect persistence of the now obsolete classification of Cryptococcus neoformans having two varieties var neoformans and var gattii If it is the normal practice of these labs to report to varietal level it would be worthwhile reviewing methods interpretation and reporting procedures
7B (i) 7B (ii) 7B(iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 15 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Reference item 7
1 Chen SC DH Ellis TC Sorrell and W Meyer Chapter 44 Trichophyton In ldquoMolecular Detection of Human Fungal Pathogensrdquo Dongyou Liu (Ed) CRC Press 2011
All mycology isolates were identified by both conventional and molecular techniques
86 768
9 80
1 09
2 18
3 27
3 27
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
2 18
7C Scedosporium prolificans
This item contained Scedosporium prolificans 875 correct to genus level 768 correct to species level (required) Colonies are rapid growing flat spreading olive-grey to black (the culture may contain a mixture of the colurs depending on the age) and have a suede-like to downy surface texture [7C (i)] Conidia are borne in small groups on distinctive basally swollen flask-shaped annellides which occur singly or in clusters along the vegetative hyphae Conidia are single-celled hyaline to pale-brown ovoid to pyriform 2-5 x 3-13 um (average 34-53 um) in size and have smooth thin walls [7C (ii)] Identification of Scedosporium prolificans to
species level is very important due to its intrinsic resistance to most antifungal drugs It may be distinguished from other members of the genus in particular the human pathogen S apiospermum by its basally swollen (inflated) flask-shaped annellides conidia borne in small groups rather than singly and by not growing on media containing cycloheximide (actidione) DNA sequencing (ITS region) will also definitively identify Scedosporium species Three laboratories reported Sporothrix schenckii which is easily distinguished from Scedosporium spp because it is a dimorphic pathogen with a yeast-like phase when grown at 37degC
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
9
86
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Unable to identify- refer
Chaetomium species
Hortaea werneckii
Ochroconis gallopava
Wangiella species
Exophiala species
Exophiala dermatitidis
Sporothrix schenckii
Scedosporium species
Scedosporium aurantiacum
Scedosporium apiospermum (sensu stricto)
Scedosporium prolificans
7C (i) 7C (ii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 12 Date of issue 13th November 2013
References Item 5 1 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin
Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
2 Jordan IK et al Genome sequences for five strains of the emerging pathogen Haemophilus haemolyticus J Bacteriol 2011193 5879ndash5880
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3187195
3 Anderson R et al Haemophilus haemolyticus isolates causing clinical disease J Clin Microbiol 201250 2462-5
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed22573587
4 Morton DJ et al An invasive Haemophilus haemolyticus isolate J Clin Microbiol 201250 1502ndash1503
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3318549
5 Agrawal A Murphy TF Haemophilus influenzae infections in the H influenzae type b conjugate vaccine era J Clin Microbiol 201149 3728ndash3732
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC3209133
6 Kilian M A taxonomic study of the genus Haemophilus with the proposal of a new species J Gen Microbiol 197693 9ndash62
httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed772168
7 Kilian M 2005 Genus III Haemophilus Winslow Broadhurst Buchanan Krumweide Rogers and Smith 1917 561 p 883ndash904 In Brenner DJ Krieg NR Staley JT (ed) Bergeyrsquos manual of systematic bacteriology 2nd ed vol 2 Springer New York NY
8 Ledeboer NA Doern GV 2012 Haemophilus In Versalovic J Carroll KC Funke G Jorgensen JH Landry ML WarnockDW(ed) Manual of clinical microbiology 10th ed ASM Press Washington DC
9 McCrea KW et al Relationships of nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae strains to hemolytic and nonhemolytic Haemophilus haemolyticus strains J Clin Microbiol 200846 406ndash416 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpmcarticlesPMC2238123
10 Murphy TF et al Haemophilus haemolyticus a human respiratory tract commensal to be distinguished from Haemophilus influenzae J Infect Dis 2007195 81ndash 89 httpwwwncbinlmnihgovpubmed17152011
11 Identification Reference Laboratory Centre for Infectious Diseases and Microbiology ICPMR Westmead Hospital 12 Binks MJ et al Molecular Surveillance of True Nontypeable Haemophilus influenzae An Evaluation of PCR Screening Assays PLOS
httpwwwplosoneorgarticleinfo3Adoi2F1013712Fjournalpone0034083
13 Duerden B Bennet KW and Faulkner J Isolation of Bacteroides ureolyticus (B corrodens) from clinical infections J Clin Pathol 1982 35 309-312 httpjcpbmjcomcontent353309fullpdf
The most common misidentification by participants was H influenzae (35) because of the phenotypicgenetic similarity of the two species and because of the failure of all kitsidentification systems to differentiate between them Reliance on one type of identification system is discouraged and may lead to incorrect identification of some organisms In this instance β-haemolysis on blood agar facilitated an accurate identification if detected however as already noted it may not always be displayed in this species even in primary cultures H parahaemolyticus reported by three laboratories is also β-haemolytic but unlike H haemolyticus it is V-dependent only (and δ-Aminolevulinic acid (ALA) test negative) as is H parainfluenzae reported by two laboratories which is not β-haemolytic All other false identifications reported do not exhibit X+V dependency or X- or V-dependency The laboratory reporting Corynebacterium jeikeium should note that this is a gram-positive rod B ureolyticus reported by one laboratory is an anaerobic organism with corroding colonies on agar plates 13 Brucella and Francisella tularensis are slow-growing fastidious organisms (also not XV-dependent) that would not be dispatched in this type of QAP
ITEM 201364C CLERICAL ERROR
Clerical Errors reported in Item 201364C Number labs (71)
No error reported 6
Error first name only (correct) in 4C 60(85)
Error first name only in 4D (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + last name (incorrect) 1
Error first name (correct) + unit number (incorrect) 1
Error last name (incorrect) 2
Table 13 Clerical errors reported
Specimen label Karina DANIELS UN 831248 Paperwork Amelia DANIELS UN 831248
The clerical error was placed in item 201364C Mycobacteriology culture As only 95 participants receive 4C and 4D culture vials and only 71 performed testing this clerical error has not been scored
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 13 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201367ABC MYCOLOGY
7A This item contained Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic] (previously T mentagrophytes) 973 correct to genus level 634 correct to species level (required) The Trichophyton species have undergone extensive reclassification in the last 5 years This is because there exists much phenotypic variation but genetic variation is low Most of the species formerly known as T mentagrophytes are now classified within T interdigitale T mentagrophytes still exists but encompasses only the organism previously known as T quinckeanum (T mentagrophytes var quinckeanum) which is associated with mice T interdigitale is recognised as having two ecological groups the anthropophilic and the zoophilic group with the former T mentagrophytes species falls into the zoophilic group For this item T interdigitale and T mentagrophytes were both marked as correct This newly merged species encompasses a wide range of phenotypes which may or may not be observed for a given specimen Sequencing of the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region is the gold standard for identification using reference strains that are correctly named according to the revised taxonomy Chen et al have published a useful book chapter with phenotypic descriptions and recommendations for molecular identification of the revised Trichophyton species1
7A Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
Figures 7A (i-iii) Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic group] (previously T mentagrophytes) may have [7A(i)] numerous single-celled microconidia often in dense clusters along with smooth thin-walled cigar-shaped multicelled macroconidia Microconidia are hyaline smooth-walled and are predominantly spherical to subspherical in shape however occasional clavate to pyriform forms may occur [7A(ii)] varying numbers of spherical chlamydoconidia and [7A (iii)] spiral hyphae may also be observed The zoophilic form of the species tends to have powdery-granular colonies on Sabouraudrsquos lactritmel and 1 peptone media while the anthropophilic form has suede-downy textured colonies
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
5
6
7
14
1
31
1
5
20
13
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Chrysosporium tropicum
Microsporum gypseum
Microsporum persicolor
Trichophyton equinum
Trichophyton terrestre
Trichophyton erinacei
Trichophyton verrucosum
Trichophyton species
Trichophyton rubrum [Worldwide population]
Trichophyton tonsurans
Trichophyton rubrum
Trichophyton mentagrophytes complex
Trichophyton mentagrophytes
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic] and [zoophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale
Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
13 116
20 179
5 45
1 09
31 277
1 09
14 125
7 63
6 54
5 45
2 18
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7A (i)
7A (ii) 7A (iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 14 Date of issue 13th November 2013
7B Cryptococcus neoformans
82 732
8 71
1 09
1 09
5 45
11 98
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7B This item contained Cryptococcus neoformans 964 correct to genus level 812 correct to species level (required) Cryptococcosis is typically caused by either Cryptococcus neoformans or Cryptococcus gattii although occasionally other Cryptococcus species have been implicated C neoformans typically infects the immunocompromised host frequently in the setting of HIV with gt1 million new cases and~600000 deaths per year globally C neoformans is a yeast-like basidiomycete fungus with a distinctive polysaccharide capsule Differentiation from the closely related C gattii is important Presumptive identification is by India Ink stain to highlight the capsule and birdseed agar to observe dark brown colonies
Figure 7B (i-iii) [7B (i)] India Ink stain highlighting the capsule of C neoformansgattii [7B(ii)] Dark brown colonies of C neoformansgattii mixed with white colonies of Candida albicans on birdseed agar [7B(iii)] Canavanine glycine bromothyol blue (CGB) media for distinguishing C neoformans (left) from C gattii (right)
1
1
1
1
11
5
1
1
8
82
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Unable to identify- refer
Candida (not albicans)
Candida glabrata complex
Candida krusei
Cryptococcus neoformansgattii- unable to speciate
Cryptococcus species
Cryptococcus laurentii
Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii
Cryptococcus neoformans var neoformans
Cryptococcus neoformans
81 of labs correctly reported this isolate as Cryptococcus neoformans While no lab reported C gattii 11 labs were unable to differentiate C neoformans from C gattii Epidemiology risk factors and treatment of infections caused by these species are different and accurate identification is important for effective management All labs should seek to differentiate these species using CGB media a validated molecular method or by referral to a reference laboratory API ID32C and Vitek-2 does not distinguish C neoformans from C gattii These species may be differentiated by a number of DNA-based assays MALDI-ToF and canavanine-glycine-bromothymol blue (CGB) media C neoformans does not grow on CGB media which remains yellow whereas C gattii will grow triggering a blue colour change reaction in the media usually within 3 days It is worth noting that some slow growing C gattii isolates may take as long as 10 days to effect the blue colour change and may initially be mis-identified as C neoformans Nine labs unnecessarily attempted to further identify the C neoformans isolate to variety level either Cn var grubii (serotype A molecular types VNI and VNII) or Cn var neoformans (serotype D molecular type VNIV) It is not clear what methods were used to achieve this varietal identification but 8 of the 9 labs incorrectly reported Cn var neoformans In fact the isolate was confirmed by molecular methods to be Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii molecular type VNI The 8 reports of Cn var neoformans may reflect persistence of the now obsolete classification of Cryptococcus neoformans having two varieties var neoformans and var gattii If it is the normal practice of these labs to report to varietal level it would be worthwhile reviewing methods interpretation and reporting procedures
7B (i) 7B (ii) 7B(iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 15 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Reference item 7
1 Chen SC DH Ellis TC Sorrell and W Meyer Chapter 44 Trichophyton In ldquoMolecular Detection of Human Fungal Pathogensrdquo Dongyou Liu (Ed) CRC Press 2011
All mycology isolates were identified by both conventional and molecular techniques
86 768
9 80
1 09
2 18
3 27
3 27
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
2 18
7C Scedosporium prolificans
This item contained Scedosporium prolificans 875 correct to genus level 768 correct to species level (required) Colonies are rapid growing flat spreading olive-grey to black (the culture may contain a mixture of the colurs depending on the age) and have a suede-like to downy surface texture [7C (i)] Conidia are borne in small groups on distinctive basally swollen flask-shaped annellides which occur singly or in clusters along the vegetative hyphae Conidia are single-celled hyaline to pale-brown ovoid to pyriform 2-5 x 3-13 um (average 34-53 um) in size and have smooth thin walls [7C (ii)] Identification of Scedosporium prolificans to
species level is very important due to its intrinsic resistance to most antifungal drugs It may be distinguished from other members of the genus in particular the human pathogen S apiospermum by its basally swollen (inflated) flask-shaped annellides conidia borne in small groups rather than singly and by not growing on media containing cycloheximide (actidione) DNA sequencing (ITS region) will also definitively identify Scedosporium species Three laboratories reported Sporothrix schenckii which is easily distinguished from Scedosporium spp because it is a dimorphic pathogen with a yeast-like phase when grown at 37degC
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
9
86
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Unable to identify- refer
Chaetomium species
Hortaea werneckii
Ochroconis gallopava
Wangiella species
Exophiala species
Exophiala dermatitidis
Sporothrix schenckii
Scedosporium species
Scedosporium aurantiacum
Scedosporium apiospermum (sensu stricto)
Scedosporium prolificans
7C (i) 7C (ii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 13 Date of issue 13th November 2013
ITEM 201367ABC MYCOLOGY
7A This item contained Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic] (previously T mentagrophytes) 973 correct to genus level 634 correct to species level (required) The Trichophyton species have undergone extensive reclassification in the last 5 years This is because there exists much phenotypic variation but genetic variation is low Most of the species formerly known as T mentagrophytes are now classified within T interdigitale T mentagrophytes still exists but encompasses only the organism previously known as T quinckeanum (T mentagrophytes var quinckeanum) which is associated with mice T interdigitale is recognised as having two ecological groups the anthropophilic and the zoophilic group with the former T mentagrophytes species falls into the zoophilic group For this item T interdigitale and T mentagrophytes were both marked as correct This newly merged species encompasses a wide range of phenotypes which may or may not be observed for a given specimen Sequencing of the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region is the gold standard for identification using reference strains that are correctly named according to the revised taxonomy Chen et al have published a useful book chapter with phenotypic descriptions and recommendations for molecular identification of the revised Trichophyton species1
7A Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
Figures 7A (i-iii) Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic group] (previously T mentagrophytes) may have [7A(i)] numerous single-celled microconidia often in dense clusters along with smooth thin-walled cigar-shaped multicelled macroconidia Microconidia are hyaline smooth-walled and are predominantly spherical to subspherical in shape however occasional clavate to pyriform forms may occur [7A(ii)] varying numbers of spherical chlamydoconidia and [7A (iii)] spiral hyphae may also be observed The zoophilic form of the species tends to have powdery-granular colonies on Sabouraudrsquos lactritmel and 1 peptone media while the anthropophilic form has suede-downy textured colonies
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
5
6
7
14
1
31
1
5
20
13
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Chrysosporium tropicum
Microsporum gypseum
Microsporum persicolor
Trichophyton equinum
Trichophyton terrestre
Trichophyton erinacei
Trichophyton verrucosum
Trichophyton species
Trichophyton rubrum [Worldwide population]
Trichophyton tonsurans
Trichophyton rubrum
Trichophyton mentagrophytes complex
Trichophyton mentagrophytes
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic] and [zoophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale [anthropophilic]
Trichophyton interdigitale
Trichophyton interdigitale [zoophilic]
13 116
20 179
5 45
1 09
31 277
1 09
14 125
7 63
6 54
5 45
2 18
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7A (i)
7A (ii) 7A (iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 14 Date of issue 13th November 2013
7B Cryptococcus neoformans
82 732
8 71
1 09
1 09
5 45
11 98
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7B This item contained Cryptococcus neoformans 964 correct to genus level 812 correct to species level (required) Cryptococcosis is typically caused by either Cryptococcus neoformans or Cryptococcus gattii although occasionally other Cryptococcus species have been implicated C neoformans typically infects the immunocompromised host frequently in the setting of HIV with gt1 million new cases and~600000 deaths per year globally C neoformans is a yeast-like basidiomycete fungus with a distinctive polysaccharide capsule Differentiation from the closely related C gattii is important Presumptive identification is by India Ink stain to highlight the capsule and birdseed agar to observe dark brown colonies
Figure 7B (i-iii) [7B (i)] India Ink stain highlighting the capsule of C neoformansgattii [7B(ii)] Dark brown colonies of C neoformansgattii mixed with white colonies of Candida albicans on birdseed agar [7B(iii)] Canavanine glycine bromothyol blue (CGB) media for distinguishing C neoformans (left) from C gattii (right)
1
1
1
1
11
5
1
1
8
82
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Unable to identify- refer
Candida (not albicans)
Candida glabrata complex
Candida krusei
Cryptococcus neoformansgattii- unable to speciate
Cryptococcus species
Cryptococcus laurentii
Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii
Cryptococcus neoformans var neoformans
Cryptococcus neoformans
81 of labs correctly reported this isolate as Cryptococcus neoformans While no lab reported C gattii 11 labs were unable to differentiate C neoformans from C gattii Epidemiology risk factors and treatment of infections caused by these species are different and accurate identification is important for effective management All labs should seek to differentiate these species using CGB media a validated molecular method or by referral to a reference laboratory API ID32C and Vitek-2 does not distinguish C neoformans from C gattii These species may be differentiated by a number of DNA-based assays MALDI-ToF and canavanine-glycine-bromothymol blue (CGB) media C neoformans does not grow on CGB media which remains yellow whereas C gattii will grow triggering a blue colour change reaction in the media usually within 3 days It is worth noting that some slow growing C gattii isolates may take as long as 10 days to effect the blue colour change and may initially be mis-identified as C neoformans Nine labs unnecessarily attempted to further identify the C neoformans isolate to variety level either Cn var grubii (serotype A molecular types VNI and VNII) or Cn var neoformans (serotype D molecular type VNIV) It is not clear what methods were used to achieve this varietal identification but 8 of the 9 labs incorrectly reported Cn var neoformans In fact the isolate was confirmed by molecular methods to be Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii molecular type VNI The 8 reports of Cn var neoformans may reflect persistence of the now obsolete classification of Cryptococcus neoformans having two varieties var neoformans and var gattii If it is the normal practice of these labs to report to varietal level it would be worthwhile reviewing methods interpretation and reporting procedures
7B (i) 7B (ii) 7B(iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 15 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Reference item 7
1 Chen SC DH Ellis TC Sorrell and W Meyer Chapter 44 Trichophyton In ldquoMolecular Detection of Human Fungal Pathogensrdquo Dongyou Liu (Ed) CRC Press 2011
All mycology isolates were identified by both conventional and molecular techniques
86 768
9 80
1 09
2 18
3 27
3 27
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
2 18
7C Scedosporium prolificans
This item contained Scedosporium prolificans 875 correct to genus level 768 correct to species level (required) Colonies are rapid growing flat spreading olive-grey to black (the culture may contain a mixture of the colurs depending on the age) and have a suede-like to downy surface texture [7C (i)] Conidia are borne in small groups on distinctive basally swollen flask-shaped annellides which occur singly or in clusters along the vegetative hyphae Conidia are single-celled hyaline to pale-brown ovoid to pyriform 2-5 x 3-13 um (average 34-53 um) in size and have smooth thin walls [7C (ii)] Identification of Scedosporium prolificans to
species level is very important due to its intrinsic resistance to most antifungal drugs It may be distinguished from other members of the genus in particular the human pathogen S apiospermum by its basally swollen (inflated) flask-shaped annellides conidia borne in small groups rather than singly and by not growing on media containing cycloheximide (actidione) DNA sequencing (ITS region) will also definitively identify Scedosporium species Three laboratories reported Sporothrix schenckii which is easily distinguished from Scedosporium spp because it is a dimorphic pathogen with a yeast-like phase when grown at 37degC
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
9
86
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Unable to identify- refer
Chaetomium species
Hortaea werneckii
Ochroconis gallopava
Wangiella species
Exophiala species
Exophiala dermatitidis
Sporothrix schenckii
Scedosporium species
Scedosporium aurantiacum
Scedosporium apiospermum (sensu stricto)
Scedosporium prolificans
7C (i) 7C (ii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 14 Date of issue 13th November 2013
7B Cryptococcus neoformans
82 732
8 71
1 09
1 09
5 45
11 98
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
7B This item contained Cryptococcus neoformans 964 correct to genus level 812 correct to species level (required) Cryptococcosis is typically caused by either Cryptococcus neoformans or Cryptococcus gattii although occasionally other Cryptococcus species have been implicated C neoformans typically infects the immunocompromised host frequently in the setting of HIV with gt1 million new cases and~600000 deaths per year globally C neoformans is a yeast-like basidiomycete fungus with a distinctive polysaccharide capsule Differentiation from the closely related C gattii is important Presumptive identification is by India Ink stain to highlight the capsule and birdseed agar to observe dark brown colonies
Figure 7B (i-iii) [7B (i)] India Ink stain highlighting the capsule of C neoformansgattii [7B(ii)] Dark brown colonies of C neoformansgattii mixed with white colonies of Candida albicans on birdseed agar [7B(iii)] Canavanine glycine bromothyol blue (CGB) media for distinguishing C neoformans (left) from C gattii (right)
1
1
1
1
11
5
1
1
8
82
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Unable to identify- refer
Candida (not albicans)
Candida glabrata complex
Candida krusei
Cryptococcus neoformansgattii- unable to speciate
Cryptococcus species
Cryptococcus laurentii
Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii
Cryptococcus neoformans var neoformans
Cryptococcus neoformans
81 of labs correctly reported this isolate as Cryptococcus neoformans While no lab reported C gattii 11 labs were unable to differentiate C neoformans from C gattii Epidemiology risk factors and treatment of infections caused by these species are different and accurate identification is important for effective management All labs should seek to differentiate these species using CGB media a validated molecular method or by referral to a reference laboratory API ID32C and Vitek-2 does not distinguish C neoformans from C gattii These species may be differentiated by a number of DNA-based assays MALDI-ToF and canavanine-glycine-bromothymol blue (CGB) media C neoformans does not grow on CGB media which remains yellow whereas C gattii will grow triggering a blue colour change reaction in the media usually within 3 days It is worth noting that some slow growing C gattii isolates may take as long as 10 days to effect the blue colour change and may initially be mis-identified as C neoformans Nine labs unnecessarily attempted to further identify the C neoformans isolate to variety level either Cn var grubii (serotype A molecular types VNI and VNII) or Cn var neoformans (serotype D molecular type VNIV) It is not clear what methods were used to achieve this varietal identification but 8 of the 9 labs incorrectly reported Cn var neoformans In fact the isolate was confirmed by molecular methods to be Cryptococcus neoformans var grubii molecular type VNI The 8 reports of Cn var neoformans may reflect persistence of the now obsolete classification of Cryptococcus neoformans having two varieties var neoformans and var gattii If it is the normal practice of these labs to report to varietal level it would be worthwhile reviewing methods interpretation and reporting procedures
7B (i) 7B (ii) 7B(iii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 15 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Reference item 7
1 Chen SC DH Ellis TC Sorrell and W Meyer Chapter 44 Trichophyton In ldquoMolecular Detection of Human Fungal Pathogensrdquo Dongyou Liu (Ed) CRC Press 2011
All mycology isolates were identified by both conventional and molecular techniques
86 768
9 80
1 09
2 18
3 27
3 27
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
2 18
7C Scedosporium prolificans
This item contained Scedosporium prolificans 875 correct to genus level 768 correct to species level (required) Colonies are rapid growing flat spreading olive-grey to black (the culture may contain a mixture of the colurs depending on the age) and have a suede-like to downy surface texture [7C (i)] Conidia are borne in small groups on distinctive basally swollen flask-shaped annellides which occur singly or in clusters along the vegetative hyphae Conidia are single-celled hyaline to pale-brown ovoid to pyriform 2-5 x 3-13 um (average 34-53 um) in size and have smooth thin walls [7C (ii)] Identification of Scedosporium prolificans to
species level is very important due to its intrinsic resistance to most antifungal drugs It may be distinguished from other members of the genus in particular the human pathogen S apiospermum by its basally swollen (inflated) flask-shaped annellides conidia borne in small groups rather than singly and by not growing on media containing cycloheximide (actidione) DNA sequencing (ITS region) will also definitively identify Scedosporium species Three laboratories reported Sporothrix schenckii which is easily distinguished from Scedosporium spp because it is a dimorphic pathogen with a yeast-like phase when grown at 37degC
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
9
86
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Unable to identify- refer
Chaetomium species
Hortaea werneckii
Ochroconis gallopava
Wangiella species
Exophiala species
Exophiala dermatitidis
Sporothrix schenckii
Scedosporium species
Scedosporium aurantiacum
Scedosporium apiospermum (sensu stricto)
Scedosporium prolificans
7C (i) 7C (ii)
copy2013 RCPA Quality Assurance Programs Pty Limited 15 Date of issue 13th November 2013
Reference item 7
1 Chen SC DH Ellis TC Sorrell and W Meyer Chapter 44 Trichophyton In ldquoMolecular Detection of Human Fungal Pathogensrdquo Dongyou Liu (Ed) CRC Press 2011
All mycology isolates were identified by both conventional and molecular techniques
86 768
9 80
1 09
2 18
3 27
3 27
2 18
1 09
1 09
1 09
1 09
2 18
7C Scedosporium prolificans
This item contained Scedosporium prolificans 875 correct to genus level 768 correct to species level (required) Colonies are rapid growing flat spreading olive-grey to black (the culture may contain a mixture of the colurs depending on the age) and have a suede-like to downy surface texture [7C (i)] Conidia are borne in small groups on distinctive basally swollen flask-shaped annellides which occur singly or in clusters along the vegetative hyphae Conidia are single-celled hyaline to pale-brown ovoid to pyriform 2-5 x 3-13 um (average 34-53 um) in size and have smooth thin walls [7C (ii)] Identification of Scedosporium prolificans to
species level is very important due to its intrinsic resistance to most antifungal drugs It may be distinguished from other members of the genus in particular the human pathogen S apiospermum by its basally swollen (inflated) flask-shaped annellides conidia borne in small groups rather than singly and by not growing on media containing cycloheximide (actidione) DNA sequencing (ITS region) will also definitively identify Scedosporium species Three laboratories reported Sporothrix schenckii which is easily distinguished from Scedosporium spp because it is a dimorphic pathogen with a yeast-like phase when grown at 37degC
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
9
86
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Unable to identify- refer
Chaetomium species
Hortaea werneckii
Ochroconis gallopava
Wangiella species
Exophiala species
Exophiala dermatitidis
Sporothrix schenckii
Scedosporium species
Scedosporium aurantiacum
Scedosporium apiospermum (sensu stricto)
Scedosporium prolificans
7C (i) 7C (ii)